Classification of Drilling Systems PDF

Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems
GUIDE FOR THE
CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS
SEPTEMBER 2012
American Bureau of Shipping

Incorporated by Act of Legislature of
the State of New York 1862
Copyright 2012
American Bureau of Shipping
ABS Plaza
16855 Northchase Drive
Houston, TX 77060 USA
Foreword
Foreword (1 September 2012)

This Guide has been revised to assist the industry with Classification of Drilling Systems. This revision
supersedes the March 2011 ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems. This Guide becomes
effective as of 1 September 2012.
The Guide describes criteria to be used for drilling systems, which are to be approved by the American
Bureau of Shipping (ABS), and it is built upon requirements of the recognized codes and standards, as
referenced in this Guide. The Guide contains the following nine (9) main sections and five (5) appendices:
Section 1
Scope and Condition of Classification
Section 2
Design of Drilling Systems
Section 3
Drilling Systems
Section 4
Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval
Section 5
Drilling System Piping
Section 6
Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment
Section 7
Welding and Nondestructive Examination
Section 8
Surveys at Vendors Plant During Installation and Commissioning
Section 9
Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class
Appendix 1
Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of Drilling Systems
Appendix 2
Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance
Appendix 3
Example of Independent Review Certificate
Appendix 4
Example of Certificate of Conformity
Appendix 5
Example of Maintenance Release Note
This Guide is to be used in conjunction with other applicable ABS Rules and Guides, codes and standards
as referenced therein, and applicable national regulations.
ABS Classification continues to provide the offshore industry with a pathway toward agreement by Regulatory
Authorities. However, the Owner/Operators specific request for compliance with applicable requirements
of Flag or Coastal State Authorities affecting the drilling systems is to be filed as an addendum to the
Request for Classification.
The following changes to the Guide were incorporated into the September 2012 CDS Guide:
General
None
Section 1
Editorial changes.
New reference, definitions, and acronyms added.
Section 2
ii
Editorial changes.
Provided Risk Assessment for Drilling System
Added submittal requirements for conductor tensioning system/unit.
ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012
Section 3
Revised accumulator hydraulic capacity requirements for subsea and surface BOP stack.
Modified shearing capacity requirements calculations, testing, etc.
Revised choke and kill systems requirements, and their control system requirements.
Added design requirements for:
Kill Unit
Riser Recoil System
Conductor Tensioning System
Personnel Baskets
Gears and Couplings
Clarifications provided for Control Systems.
Section 4
Clarified and modified Table 1 of Section 4.
Provided Revalidation Date requirements for IRC.
Allowance of PDAs.
Allowance of limited use of ABS Type Approval Program for selected equipment.
Section 5
Clarified the requirements for Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses to consider different service categories.
Clarified the requirements for Thread Joints and Connections and Socket Welds.
Clarified the requirements for Fire Resistance.
Provided requirements for Primary Product Form.
Section 6
Revised toughness requirements for structural load-bearing equipment and components.
Provide guidance on structural galvanizing process.
Section 7
Clarified requirements for welding and NDE.
Provided guidance on delayed NDE.
Clarified drawwork testing requirements.
Section 8
Editorial changes.
Section 9
Added requirements for Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP).
Added requirements for prefabrication or kick-off meeting.
Added Unscheduled Survey and Alternatives to Periodic Survey
Appendix 1
Additional codes and standards.
iii
Appendix 2
Updated the contents to provide additional parameters for Appendix 2 Example of Manufacturers
Affidavit of Compliance
Appendix 3
Provided Revalidation Date for IRC.
Appendix 4
None
Appendix 5
Added example of Survey Report (SR).
Appendix 6
iv
None
Table of Contents
GUIDE FOR THE
CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS

CONTENTS
SECTION 1
Scope and Conditions of Classification ............................................... 1

1
Classification ....................................................................................... 1
1.1
Process ........................................................................................... 1
1.3
Certificates and Reports .................................................................. 1
1.5
Representations as to Classification ............................................... 2
1.7
Scope of Classification .................................................................... 2
Suspension and Cancellation of Class ............................................... 3

3.1
Termination of Classification and Notice of Surveys ....................... 3
3.3
Suspension of Class ........................................................................ 3
3.5
Lifting of Suspension ....................................................................... 3
3.7
Cancellation of Class ....................................................................... 4
Class Notation ..................................................................................... 4

5.1
ABS Class Notation ......................................................................... 4
5.3
Systems Not Built Under Survey ..................................................... 4
Rules for Classification ....................................................................... 4

7.1
Applications ..................................................................................... 4
7.3
Effective Date of Change of Requirement ....................................... 5
7.5
Scope .............................................................................................. 5
7.7
Alternatives...................................................................................... 6
7.9
Risk Assessment ............................................................................. 7
Other Regulations ............................................................................... 7

9.1
International and Other Regulations ................................................ 7
9.3
Governmental Regulations .............................................................. 8
11
IACS Audit .......................................................................................... 8
13
Submission of Plans ........................................................................... 8
15
Conditions for Survey After Construction............................................ 8

15.1
Damage, Failure and Repair ........................................................... 8
15.3
Notification and Availability for Survey............................................. 9
17
Units .................................................................................................. 10
19
Fees .................................................................................................. 10
21
Disagreement .................................................................................... 10
21.1
Rules and Guides .......................................................................... 10
21.3
Surveyor ........................................................................................ 10
SECTION 2
23
Limitation of Liability.......................................................................... 10
25
References ........................................................................................ 10
27
Definitions ......................................................................................... 11
29
Acronyms and Abbreviations ............................................................ 21
Design of Drilling Systems .................................................................. 23

1
Design of Drilling System ..................................................................23
vi
General .......................................................................................... 23
1.3
Equipment Layout .......................................................................... 23
1.5
Overpressurization Protection ....................................................... 24
1.7
Materials ........................................................................................ 24
1.9
Welding and Nondestructive Examination ..................................... 24
1.11
Platforms and Railings ................................................................... 24
Design Specifications........................................................................ 24
Design Considerations ...................................................................... 25
SECTION 3
1.1
5.1
Recognized Standards .................................................................. 25
5.3
Alternative Basis of Design ............................................................ 25
5.5
Corrosion/Erosion Allowance ......................................................... 25
5.7
Design Conditions.......................................................................... 26
5.9
Risk Assessments for Drilling System ........................................... 26
5.11
FMEA/FMECA Validation Program ................................................ 27
Design Plans and Data .....................................................................28

7.1
General Arrangement for Drilling System ...................................... 28
7.3
Well Control Systems and Equipment ........................................... 29
7.5
Marine Drilling Riser Systems ........................................................ 33
7.6
Conductor Tensioning System/Unit ............................................... 35
7.7
Drill String Compensation Systems ............................................... 35
7.9
Bulk Storage, Transfer, Conditioning, and Circulation Systems .... 36
7.11
Hoisting, Lifting, Tubular Handling Systems .................................. 37
7.13
Mechanical Load-Bearing Equipment ............................................ 41
7.15
Well Testing System ...................................................................... 41
7.17
Electrical Systems and Equipment ................................................ 43
7.19
Control Systems ............................................................................ 43
7.21
Pressure-Retaining Equipment ...................................................... 44
7.23
Piping Systems and Piping Components ....................................... 44
7.25
Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses ...................................................... 45
7.27
Manufacturing Specifications ......................................................... 45
Drilling Systems ................................................................................... 47

1
General ............................................................................................. 47
3
Well Control System ......................................................................... 48
3.1
Blowout Preventer System and Equipment ................................... 48
3.3
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) ........................................... 53
3.5
Choke and Kill Systems and Equipment ........................................ 54
3.7
Diverter System and Equipment .................................................... 60
3.9
Marine Drilling Riser Systems ........................................................ 61
3.11
Auxiliary Well Control Equipment................................................... 61

Marine Drilling Riser System............................................................. 62

5.1
Riser Tensioning System and Equipment ..................................... 62
5.3
Marine Drilling Riser Operating Envelope...................................... 63
5.5
Technical Requirements ................................................................ 64
5.7
Design Documentation .................................................................. 65
Conductor Tensioning System .......................................................... 66

6.1
Conductor Tensioning System Equipment .................................... 66
6.3
Control Systems for Conductor Tensioning System ...................... 66
Drill String Compensation System .................................................... 66

7.1
11
13
15
17
Drill String Compensation Equipment ............................................ 66
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer Systems .............................. 67

9.1
Bulk Storage and Transfer Equipment .......................................... 67
9.3
Cementing System and Equipment ............................................... 68
9.5
Mud Return System and Equipment .............................................. 68
9.7
Well Circulation System and Equipment........................................ 68
Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling Systems ............................. 70

11.1
Derricks/Masts ............................................................................... 70
11.3
Hoisting Equipment ....................................................................... 73
11.5
Lifting Equipment ........................................................................... 76
11.7
Handling Equipment ...................................................................... 81
11.9
Rotary Equipment .......................................................................... 83
11.11
Miscellaneous Equipment.............................................................. 83
Well Test System .............................................................................. 84

13.1
Well Test System and Equipment ................................................. 84
13.3
Burner/Flare Booms ...................................................................... 85
13.5
Hydrocarbon Disposal Facilities .................................................... 85
13.7
Surface Safety Systems ................................................................ 85
13.9
Classified Areas ............................................................................ 86
13.11
Operational Procedures................................................................. 86
Control Systems ................................................................................ 86

15.1
Control Systems ............................................................................ 86
15.3
Control Systems for Well Control Equipment ................................ 87
15.5
Electrical Control Systems and Computer-Based Systems ........... 88
15.7
Safety Systems Equipment ........................................................ 89
Pressure-Retaining Equipment ......................................................... 89

17.1
Pressure Vessels .......................................................................... 89
17.3
Hydraulic Cylinders ....................................................................... 90
19
Electrical Systems and Equipment ................................................... 90
21
Rotating Machinery ........................................................................... 90
23
21.1
Internal Combustion Engines ........................................................ 90
21.3
Rotating Electrical Machinery ........................................................ 91
21.5
Gears and Couplings ..................................................................... 91
Skid Mounted Equipment .................................................................. 91

23.1
Skid Structures .............................................................................. 92
23.3
Drip Pans....................................................................................... 92
vii
SECTION 4
Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval .......................... 93

1
General ............................................................................................. 93
3
Approval Process .............................................................................. 93
3.1
Design Review ............................................................................... 94
3.3
ABS Survey ................................................................................... 95
3.5
Issuance of Certificates and Reports ............................................. 96
3.7
Individual Equipment Approval: Non-Class Installation.................. 97
3.9
Vendor Coordination Program ....................................................... 97
TABLE 1
SECTION 5
Drilling System Piping ....................................................................... 122

1
General ........................................................................................... 122
3
Design Criteria ................................................................................122
SECTION 6
3.1
Piping Systems and Components ................................................ 122
3.3
Fittings and Valves ...................................................................... 123
3.5
Piping Joints and Connections .................................................... 123
3.7
Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses .................................................... 125
Materials.......................................................................................... 127
5.1
Toughness ................................................................................... 127
5.3
Composite Materials .................................................................... 127
Welding and NDE ...........................................................................127
Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment ................................ 128

1
General ........................................................................................... 128
1.1
Material Categories...................................................................... 128
1.3
Material Properties....................................................................... 128
1.5
Corrosion Sour Service ............................................................. 128
1.7
Bolts and Nuts ............................................................................. 128
Materials for Structural Load-Bearing Components ....................... 129

3.1
Toughness ................................................................................... 129
3.3
Galvanizing .................................................................................. 130
Materials for Mechanical Load-Bearing Components ..................... 131

5.1
11
Toughness ................................................................................... 131
Materials for Pressure-Retaining Equipment and Piping

Components .................................................................................... 132
7.1
viii
Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment ............. 98
Toughness ................................................................................... 132
Fabrication Considerations ............................................................. 133

9.1
Welding ........................................................................................ 133
9.3
Forming ....................................................................................... 133
Primary Product Form .....................................................................133

11.1
General ........................................................................................ 133
11.3
Rolled Products ........................................................................... 133
11.5
Forgings ....................................................................................... 134
11.7
Castings ....................................................................................... 134
13
15
SECTION 7
Elastomeric Sealants ................................................................... 134
13.3
Ring Joint Gaskets ...................................................................... 134
Materials and Traceability ............................................................... 134

15.1
Materials ...................................................................................... 134
15.3
Traceability .................................................................................. 135
1.1
Welding ....................................................................................... 136
1.3
Nondestructive Examination (NDE) ............................................. 136
Specifications .................................................................................. 136

3.1
Welding Procedure Specification ................................................. 137
3.3
NDE Procedures ......................................................................... 137
Welder/Welding Operator Qualification .......................................... 137
Qualification of Nondestructive Technicians ................................... 137
Post Weld Heat Treatment.............................................................. 137
11
Nondestructive Examination ........................................................... 138
13
11.1
Extent of Examination for Materials and Welds ........................... 138
11.3
Inspection for Delayed (Hydrogen-Induced) Cracking ................. 138
11.5
Methods and Acceptance Criteria ............................................... 139
Record Retention ............................................................................ 140
Surveys at Vendors Plant, During Installation and

Commissioning .................................................................................. 141
1
General ........................................................................................... 141
3
Surveys at Manufacture and During Assembly............................... 141
SECTION 9
13.1
Welding and Nondestructive Examination ....................................... 136

1
General ........................................................................................... 136
SECTION 8
Sealing Materials ............................................................................ 134
3.1
Testing of Well Control Equipment and BOPs ............................ 142
3.3
Testing of Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated

Components ................................................................................ 143
3.5
Testing of Drill String Compensation System .............................. 143
3.7
Testing of Bulk Storage, Circulating and Transfer Systems ........ 143
3.9
Testing of Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating, and Handling Systems ...... 143
3.11
Testing of Well Test Equipment ................................................... 143
3.13
Testing of Skid Structures ........................................................... 144
Onboard Surveys During Installation .............................................. 144

5.1
Testing of Base-mounted Winches and Other Lifting

Appliances ................................................................................... 146
5.3
Testing of Burner/Flare Boom ..................................................... 147
Commissioning Surveys of the Drilling Systems ............................ 147
Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class .................. 149

1
General ........................................................................................... 149
1.1
Survey Intervals ........................................................................... 149
1.3
Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP) and

Maintenance Records ................................................................. 149
ix
Surveys Onshore and Issuance of Maintenance Release

Notes ............................................................................................... 150
Survey of Drilling Systems .............................................................. 151
5.1
Annual Surveys ........................................................................... 151
5.3
Special Periodical Surveys .......................................................... 152
5.5
Unscheduled Survey.................................................................... 152
Alternatives to Periodical Survey .................................................... 153

7.1
Continuous Survey Program ........................................................ 153
7.3
Survey Based on Preventative Maintenance Techniques ............ 153
7.5
Surveys Using Risk-based Techniques ....................................... 153
Modifications, Damage and Repairs ...............................................153
APPENDIX 1 Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of

Drilling Systems ................................................................................. 154
API ...............................................................................................................154
ASME ...........................................................................................................156
ASNT............................................................................................................156
ASTM ...........................................................................................................156
AWS .............................................................................................................156
BCSA ...........................................................................................................156
EN ................................................................................................................157
IEC ...............................................................................................................157
IEEE .............................................................................................................157
ISO ...............................................................................................................157
NACE ...........................................................................................................157
NFPA............................................................................................................157
SAE ..............................................................................................................157
APPENDIX 2 Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC) ........... 158
APPENDIX 3 Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC) ........................... 160
APPENDIX 4 Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC) ..................................... 163
APPENDIX 5 Example of Survey Report (SR) ........................................................ 165
APPENDIX 6 Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN) ..................................... 167
Section 1: Scope and Conditions of Classification
SECTION
Scope and Conditions of Classification
Classification
The requirements for conditions of Classification for entire drilling units and offshore structures are contained
in the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1). Additional
requirements specific to a drilling system, its subsystems, equipment or components are contained in this Guide.
1.1
Process
The term Classification, as used herein, indicates that drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or
components have been designed, constructed, installed, and surveyed in compliance with this Guide, in
conjunction with other applicable ABS Rules and Guides, codes and standards as referenced therein, and
applicable national regulations. The continuance of Classification is dependent on the fulfillment of
requirements for surveys after construction.
The Classification process consists of:
a)
The development of Rules, Guides, standards and other criteria for the design, construction, installation
and maintenance of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components;
b)
The review of the design and survey during and after construction to verify compliance with such
Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria;
c)
The assignment and registration of Class when such compliance has been verified, and;
d)
The issuance of a renewable Classification certificate, with annual endorsements, valid for five (5)
years.
The Rules, Guides and standards are, in general, developed by the International Association of Classification
Societies and ABS staff and passed upon by committees made up of naval architects, ocean and marine
engineers, shipbuilders, engine builders, steel makers, process engineers and by other technical, operating and
scientific personnel associated with the worldwide maritime industry. Theoretical research and development,
established engineering disciplines, as well as satisfactory service experience are utilized in their development
and promulgation. ABS and its committees can act only upon such theoretical and practical considerations
in developing Rules and standards.
ABS Surveyors apply normally accepted examination and testing standards to those items specified for each
survey by the Rules; construction/manufacturing procedures, safety procedures and construction supervision
remain the responsibility of the shipyard, the offshore unit or structures repairer, manufacturer, Owner/Operator
or other client.
For Classification, the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to comply with the
requirements of this Guide, in conjunction with all other applicable ABS Rules and Guides, codes and
standards as referenced therein.
1.3
Certificates and Reports

Plan review and surveys during and after construction are conducted by ABS to verify to itself and its
committees that a drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component is in compliance with this Guide
and to the satisfaction of the attending ABS Surveyor. All reports and certificates are issued solely for the
use of ABS, its committees, its clients and other authorized entities.
ABS will release information from reports and certificates to the cognizant authorities (e.g., Coastal State
or Flag State) to assist in rectification of deficiencies during any intervention by the authorities. Such
information includes text of conditions of Classification, survey due dates and certificate expiration dates.
The Owner/Operator will be advised of any request and/or release of information.
Section
ABS will release certain information to the offshore unit or structures underwriters for underwriting purposes.
Such information includes text of overdue conditions of Classification, survey due dates and certificate
expiration dates. The Owner/Operator will be advised of any request and/or release of information. In the
case of overdue conditions of Classification, the Owner/Operator will be given the opportunity to verify
the accuracy of the information prior to release.
ABS may release offshore unit or structure-specific information related to the Classification and statutory
certification status. This information may be published on the ABS website or by other media and may
include the offshore unit or structure classification, any operating restrictions noted in the ABS Record, the
names, dates and locations of all surveys performed by ABS, the expiration date of all Class and statutory
certificates issued by ABS, survey due dates, the text of conditions of Classification (also known as outstanding
recommendations), transfers, suspensions, withdrawals, cancellations and reinstatements of Class, and other
related information as may be required.
1.5
Representations as to Classification (1 September 2012)

Classification is a representation by ABS as to the compliance with applicable requirements of the Rules,
Guides and standards. The Rules, Guides, and standards of the American Bureau of Shipping are not meant
as a substitute for the independent judgment of professional designers, naval architects, marine engineers,
owners, operators, masters and crew, nor as a substitute for the quality control procedures of ship and platform
builders, engine builders, steel makers, suppliers, manufacturers and sellers of marine vessels, materials, system
components, machinery or equipment. ABS, being a technical society, can only act through Surveyors or
others who are believed by it to be skilled and competent.
ABS represents solely to the drilling system Owner/Operator or other client of ABS that when assigning
Class, it will use due diligence in the development of Rules, Guides and standards, and in using normally
applied testing standards, procedures and techniques as called for by the Rules, Guides, standards or other
criteria of ABS for the purpose of assigning and maintaining Class. ABS further represents to the
Owner/Operator or other client of ABS that its certificates and reports evidence compliance only with one
or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS, in accordance with the terms of such
certificate or report. Under no circumstances whatsoever are these representations to be deemed to relate to
any third party.
The user of this document is responsible for ensuring compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and
other governmental directives and orders related to a vessel, its machinery and equipment, or their operation.
Nothing contained in any Rule, Guide, standard, certificate or report issued by ABS shall be deemed to relieve
any other entity of its duty or responsibility to comply with all applicable laws, including those related to
the environment.
1.7
Scope of Classification
Nothing contained in any certificate or report is to be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner,
manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator, other entity or person of any warranty, express or implied.
Any certificate or report evidences compliance only with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or
other criteria of the American Bureau of Shipping, and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees,
its clients or other authorized entities.
Nothing contained in any certificate, report, plan or document review or approval is to be deemed to be in
any way a representation or statement beyond those contained in 1/1.5. ABS is not an insurer or guarantor
of the integrity or safety of a drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component. The validity, applicability
and interpretation of any certificate, report, plan or document review or approval are governed by the
Rules, Guides and standards of the American Bureau of Shipping, who shall remain the sole judge thereof.
ABS is not responsible for the consequences arising from the use by other parties of the Rules, Guides,
standards or other criteria of the American Bureau of Shipping, without review, plan approval and survey
by ABS.
The term approved is to be interpreted to mean that the plans, reports or documents have been reviewed
for compliance with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS.
This Guide is published with the understanding that responsibility for shutting down drilling operations,
beyond the limit specified in the drilling system design basis, does not rest upon the Committee.
Section
Suspension and Cancellation of Class
3.1
Termination of Classification and Notice of Surveys (1 September 2012)

The continuance of the Classification of the drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component is
conditional upon the Guide requirements for periodical, damage and other surveys being duly carried out.
The Committee reserves the right to reconsider, withhold, suspend or cancel the Class of any drilling system,
subsystems, equipment, and/or components for noncompliance with the Rules, for defects reported by the
Surveyors which have not been rectified in accordance with their recommendations or for nonpayment of
fees which are due on account of Classification. Suspension or cancellation of Class may take effect
immediately or after a specified period of time.
It is the responsibility of the Owner/Operator to ensure that all surveys necessary for the maintenance of
Class are carried out at the proper time. ABS will notify an Owner/Operator of upcoming surveys and
outstanding recommendations. This may be done by means of a letter or other communication. The nonreceipt of such notice, however, does not absolve the Owner/Operator from his responsibility to comply
with survey requirements for maintenance of Class.
3.3
Suspension of Class
Class will be suspended and the Certificate of Classification will become invalid from the date of any use,
operation or other application of any drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components for which
it has not been approved and which affects or may affect Classification or the structural integrity, quality or
fitness for a particular use or service.
Class will be suspended and the Certificate of Classification will become invalid in any of the following
circumstances affecting the drilling system:
i)
If Continuous Survey items which are due or overdue at the time of Annual Survey are not
completed and no extension has been granted,
ii)
If the Periodical Surveys required for maintenance of Class, other than Annual or Special Periodical
Surveys, are not carried out by the due date and no Rule-allowed extension has been granted, or
iii)
If any damage, failure or deterioration repair has not been completed as recommended.
Class will be subject to a suspension procedure if recommendations issued by the Surveyor are not carried
out and/or completed by their due dates and no extension has been granted.
Class may be suspended, in which case the Certificate of Classification will become invalid, if proposed
repairs, as referred to in 1/15.1, have not been submitted to ABS and agreed upon prior to commencement.
Class is automatically suspended and the Certificate of Classification is invalid in any of the following
circumstances:
3.5
i)
If the Annual Survey is not completed by the date which is three (3) months after the due date,
ii)
If the Special Periodical Survey is not completed by the due date, unless the drilling system is
under attendance for completion prior to resuming operation. Under exceptional circumstances,
consideration may be given for an extension of the Special Survey, provided the drilling system is
attended and the attending Surveyor so recommends. Such an extension shall not exceed three (3)
months.
Lifting of Suspension
Class will be reinstated after suspension for overdue surveys upon satisfactory completion of the overdue
surveys. Such surveys will be credited as of the original due date. Class will be reinstated after suspension
for overdue recommendations upon satisfactory completion of the overdue recommendation. Class will be
reinstated after suspension for overdue continuous survey items upon satisfactory completion of the overdue
items.
Section
3.7
Cancellation of Class
If the circumstances leading to suspension of Class are not corrected within the time specified, Class will
be cancelled.
Class is cancelled immediately when drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are operated
without having completed recommendations which were required to be dealt with before the drilling system
was brought back into service.
When Class has been suspended for a period of three (3) months due to overdue Annual, Special or other
periodical surveys required for maintenance of Class; overdue Continuous Survey items; or overdue outstanding
recommendations, the CDS Notation will be canceled. A longer suspension period may be granted for drilling
systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components which are either laid up, awaiting disposition of a casualty
or under attendance for reinstatement.
Class Notation
5.1
ABS Class Notation (1 September 2012)

Drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that have been built, installed and commissioned
to the satisfaction of the Surveyors to the full requirements of this Guide, where approved by the Committee
for service for the specified design environmental conditions, may be classed and distinguished in the ABS
Record by the notation CDS.
5.3
Systems Not Built Under Survey (1 September 2012)

The symbol (Maltese-Cross) signifies that the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components
were built, installed and commissioned to the satisfaction of the Surveyors. Drilling systems, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components that have not been built under ABS survey, but which are submitted for
Classification, will be subjected to special consideration. Where found satisfactory and thereafter approved
by the Committee, they may be classed and distinguished in the Record by the notation described above,
but the symbol signifying survey during construction will be omitted.
Rules for Classification
7.1
Applications
This Guide contains provisions for the Classification of offshore drilling systems, subsystems, equipment,
and/or components that are used for hydrocarbon well drilling, completion, workover, and/or well testing
or supporting such activities on mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs), offshore installations, tendering
vessels, and other structures that are classed by ABS. This Guide is intended for use in conjunction with
the latest edition of the following or other applicable ABS Rules and Guides:
ABS Rules for Building and Classing Mobile Offshore Drilling Units (MODU Rules)
ABS Guide for Building and Classing Mobile Offshore Units (MOU Guide)
ABS Rules for Building and Classing Offshore Installations (Offshore Installations/FOI Rules)
ABS Guide for Building and Classing Floating Production Installations (FPI Guide)
ABS Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels (Steel Vessel Rules)
ABS Rules for Building and Classing Facilities on Offshore Installations (Facilities Rules)
If specifically requested by the Owner/Operator, this Guide can also be used as a basis for acceptance or
certification under the requirements of other Administrations. An Owner/Operator who requires a drilling
system to be evaluated for compliance with other national regulations should contact ABS.
If specifically requested by the manufacturers, Owner/Operator, or designers, ABS can provide approval of
individual equipment or component associated with drilling systems or subsystems in accordance with the
requirements of this Guide (see 4/3.7), and where the installation unit may not be classed with ABS.
Section
7.3
Effective Date of Change of Requirement

7.3.1
Effective Date
This Guide and subsequent changes to this Guide are to become effective on the date specified by
ABS. In general, the effective date is not less than six months from the date on which the Guide is
published and released for its use. However, ABS may bring into force the Guide or individual
changes before that date, if necessary or as appropriate.
7.3.2
Implementation of Rule Changes (1 September 2012)

In general, until the effective date, plan approval for designs will follow prior practice, unless
review under the latest Guide is specifically requested by the party signatory to the application for
Classification.
Where design of drillings systems, subsystems, equipment or components comply with the
requirements of this Guide at the time of approval and/or construction, no retroactive application
of later requirement changes to such drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components will
be required unless considered necessary or appropriate.
7.5
Scope (1 September 2012)

This Guide covers the aspects of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components used in
connection with hydrocarbon well drilling, completion, workover, and well testing operations.
Compliance with this Guide is required for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components
mentioned in Section 3, Drilling Systems, and typical listing in Section 4, Table 1. The drilling system
includes, but is not limited to, the following:
Well Control System

-
Blowout Preventer (BOP) System and Equipment
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP)
Choke and Kill System
Diverter System
Auxiliary Well Control Equipment
Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated Components

-
Riser Tensioning System
Riser Recoil System
Riser Joints
Connectors
Riser Handling Tools
Conductor Tensioning Unit and Associated Equipment/Components
Drill String Compensation System
Bulk Storage, Circulating and Transfer Systems
Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling (BOP, Tubulars) Systems
Derrick, Derrick Support Structures
Drawwork, Rotary Table
Well Test System
Burner Booms
Internal Combustion Engines Driving Drilling Machine
Pressure Vessels Associated with Drilling and Well Control, Tensioning, and Fluid Storage
Section
7.7
Compressors for Drilling-Related Functions
High Pressure Piping, Flexible Lines, and Hydraulic Hoses

-
Choke and Kill
Mud and Cement
Rotary and Vibratory Hoses
Fire Detection, Gas Detection, and Fire Protection Systems
Control Systems for Well Control, Drilling Support and Support Systems
Emergency Shutdown Systems
Electrical Systems and Equipment
All Lifting Devices for Drilling and Drilling Support Operations
Miscellaneous Drilling Support Systems
Alternatives
7.7.1
General (1 September 2012)

The Committee is ready to consider alternative arrangements and designs which can be shown,
through either satisfactory service experience or a systematic analysis based on sound engineering
principles, to meet the overall safety, serviceability and design standards of the applicable Rules
and Guides.
7.7.2
National Standards
i)
The Committee will consider special arrangements or design of drilling systems and their
equipment which can be shown to comply with standards recognized in the country provided
that the proposed standards are not less effective.
ii)
When alternate standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to

demonstrate equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide
and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
7.7.3
Novel Features
Drilling systems which contain novel features of design to which the provisions of this Guide are
not directly applicable may be classed, when approved by the Committee, on the basis that this
Guide, insofar as applicable, has been complied with and that special consideration has been given
to the novel features, based on the best information available at that time. Justifications of the
novel features can be accomplished by applying 1/7.7 of this Guide.
7.7.4
Risk Evaluations for Alternative Arrangements and Novel Features

i)
(1 September 2012) Risk evaluations for the justification of alternative arrangements or
novel features may be applicable either to the drilling system as a whole, or to individual
systems, subsystems, equipment or components. See 1/7.9 of this Guide.
ii)
ABS will consider the application of risk evaluations for alternative arrangements and
novel features in the design of the drilling system, subsystems, equipment or components,
verification surveys during construction, and surveys for maintenance of Class.
iii)
When applied, risk assessment techniques are to demonstrate that alternative arrangements
and/or novel features provide acceptable levels of safety in line with current offshore and
marine industry practice.
iv)
The ABS Guidance Notes on Review and Approval of Novel Concepts, ABS Guidance Notes
on Risk Assessment Applications for the Marine and Offshore Oil and Gas Industries, and
ABS Guide for Risk Evaluations for the Classification of Marine-Related Facilities provide
guidance to ABS clients on how to prepare a risk evaluation to demonstrate equivalency
or acceptability for a proposed drilling system design.
Section
7.9
v)
Portions of the drilling system or any of its subsystems, equipment or components not
explicitly included in the risk evaluation submitted to ABS are to comply with any applicable
part of the ABS Rules and Guides.
vi)
If any proposed alternative arrangement or novel feature affects any applicable requirements
of Flag and Coastal State, it is the responsibility of the Owner/Operator to discuss with
the applicable authorities the acceptance of alternatives based on risk evaluations.
Risk Assessment
Risk assessment may be used to demonstrate that alternatives and novel features provide acceptable levels of
safety in line with current offshore and marine industry practice.
i)
When this optional risk assessment is applied at the specific request of the designer or
manufacturer, all hazards that may affect the drilling system or any of its subsystems, equipment
or components are to be identified.
ii)
(1 September 2012) A systematic process is to be applied to identify situations where a combination

or sequence of events could lead to undesirable consequences (property damage, personnel safety
and environmental damage), with consideration given to all reasonably foreseeable causes.
iii)
The objective of the hazard identification is to identify areas of the design that may require the
implementation of further risk control options in order to reduce the risk to an acceptable level.
iv)
The hazard identifications are to consider, as a minimum, the following events:
Release of H2S, CO2, etc.
Loss/Failure of Mooring
Hydrocarbon Release (Liquid or Gas)
Loss/Failure of Station Keeping
Blowout
Loss of Stability
Fire and Explosion
Impact to Equipment
Loss of Purge Air
Dropped Objects
Structural Failure
Collision
Mechanical Failure
Helicopter Crash
Electrical Failure
Extreme Environment
v)
The identified risk control options (prevention and mitigation measures) deemed necessary to be
implemented are to be considered part of the design basis of the drilling system.
vi)
Appendix 4 in the ABS Guide for Risk Evaluations for the Classification of Marine-Related Facilities
contains a description of the most common hazard identification techniques. Also, Appendix 2 in
the same Guide provides an overview of how to assemble an appropriate risk assessment team.
vii)
When the risk assessment technique is considered, ABS participation in the hazard identification
meeting(s) is recommended. Tangible benefits can be derived by the participation of an ABS
representative who will later be directly involved in reviewing the designs for ABS Classification.
Other Regulations
9.1
International and Other Regulations

i)
While this Guide covers the requirements for the Classification of drilling systems, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components, the attention of Owner/Operator, designers and builders is directed
to the regulations of international, governmental and other authorities dealing with those requirements
in addition to or over and above the Classification requirements.
ii)
Where authorized by the Administration of a country signatory thereto and upon request of the Owner/
Operator of a classed drilling system or one intended to be classed, ABS will survey for compliance
with the provisions of International and Governmental Conventions and Codes, as applicable.
Section
9.3
Governmental Regulations
Where authorized by a government agency and upon request of the Owner/Operator of a new or existing
drilling system, ABS will survey and certify a classed drilling system or one intended to be classed for
compliance with particular regulations of that government on their behalf.
11
IACS Audit
The International Association of Classification Societies (IACS) conducts audits of processes followed by
all of its member societies to assess the degree of compliance with the IACS Quality System Certification
Scheme requirements. For this purpose, auditors for IACS may accompany ABS personnel at any stage of
the Classification or statutory work, which may necessitate the auditors having access to the drilling
system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components or access to the premises of the builder or manufacturer.
In such instances, prior authorization for the auditors access will be sought by the local ABS office.
13
Submission of Plans
Typical documentation that is required to be submitted for drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or
components for the ABS Classification process is provided in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide.
i)
Section 4 provides the ABS approval process for drilling systems, subsystem, equipment, and/or
components. Subsequently, Section 4, Table 1 identifies the typical drilling system, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components that are part of the ABS Classification process.
ii)
Drilling system, subsystem, equipment and/or component-related drawings, calculations and

documentation are required to be submitted to ABS by entities as listed in Subsection 2/7 of this
Guide to substantiate that the design of the systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components
are in compliance with this Guide, and applicable codes or standards, as listed in this Guide.
iii)
Upon satisfactory completion of ABS review of design plans and data, ABS Engineers will issue
an ABS approval letter and an Independent Review Certificate (IRC), as specified in Section 4,
Table 1 of this Guide. This letter or certificate, in conjunction with ABS-approved documentation,
will be used and referenced during surveys. Subsequently, the ABS Surveyor will issue appropriate
survey reports.
iv)
(1 September 2012) Upon satisfactory completion of all of the required engineering design review
and survey processes (inspection, testing, installation and commissioning), ABS may issue the
Classification Certificate to the operating unit, including the Class notation CDS (abbreviation
for Classed Drilling System).
15
Conditions for Survey After Construction
15.1
Damage, Failure and Repair

15.1.1 Examination and Repair
i)
Damage, failure, deterioration or repair to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or
components which affects Classification is to be submitted by the Owner/Operator or
their representatives for examination by the Surveyor at the first opportunity.
ii)
All repairs found necessary by the Surveyor are to be carried out to the Surveyors
satisfaction.
15.1.2 Repairs
i)
Where repairs to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components which
may affect Classification are planned in advance to be carried out, a complete repair procedure
including the extent of the proposed repair and the need for Surveyors attendance is to be
submitted to and agreed upon by the Surveyor reasonably in advance.
ii)
Failure to notify ABS in advance of the repairs may result in suspension of the drilling
systems Classification until such time as the repair is redone or evidence is submitted to
satisfy the Surveyor that the repair was properly carried out.
Section
15.1.3 Representation
Nothing contained in this section or in a Rule or regulation of any government or other administration,
or the issuance of any report or certificate pursuant to this section or such a Rule or regulation, is
to be deemed to enlarge upon the representations expressed in 1/1.1 through 1/1.7 hereof, and the
issuance and use of any such reports or certificates are to be governed in all respects by 1/1.1
through 1/1.7 hereof.
15.1.4 Temporary Installation, Maintenance, Modification, Repair or Replacements
15.1.4(a) Temporary Installation
i)
ABS is to be notified of the Owner/Operators intention to install temporary equipment that

can affect the safety or intended functioning of the classed drilling system.
ii)
The installation of temporary equipment is to be no less effective than permanent drilling

system equipment.
iii)
ABS reserves the right to approve such equipment and is to be advised of temporary
installations.
15.1.4(b) Maintenance
i)
When the subsystems, equipment, and/or components of the drilling system are subject to
annual maintenance or inspections due to repairs by qualified personnel on the drilling
unit or by an authorized company/manufacturer offshore or onshore, ABS is to be notified
for survey of the subsystems, equipment, and/or components preferably before it is placed
into service (see Subsection 9/3).
ii)
These surveys will be carried out in accordance with API requirements or other recognized
codes/standards referenced in this Guide and are to be considered part of ABSs Annual
Survey for Drilling Systems.
15.1.4(c) Modification. Where a major modification or replacement is made to subsystems,

equipment, and/or components that are part of a classed drilling system, ABS is to be notified and the
applicable requirements of this Guide are to be met.
15.1.4(d) Repair or Replacement. When any subsystems, equipment, and/or component of the
drilling system is replaced, modified, repaired or has undergone maintenance which may affect
Classification, relevant documents are to be included in a drilling system log for Surveyors
verification during periodical surveys.
15.3
Notification and Availability for Survey

The Surveyors are to have access to classed drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components at
all reasonable times.
i)
For the purpose of Surveyor monitoring, the attending Surveyors are also to have access to classed
drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components at all reasonable times. Such access
may include attendance at the same time as the assigned Surveyor or during a subsequent visit
without the assigned Surveyor.
ii)
The Owner/Operator or their representatives are to notify the Surveyors for inspection on occasions
when the units on which the drilling systems are installed are in dry dock or on a slipway.
iii)
The Surveyors are to undertake all surveys on classed drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or
components upon request, with adequate notification, of the Owner/Operator or their representatives,
and are to report thereon to the Committee.
iv)
Should the Surveyors find occasion during any survey to recommend repairs or further examination,
notification is to be given immediately to the Owner/Operator or their representatives so that
appropriate action may be taken.
v)
The Surveyors are to avail themselves of every convenient opportunity for carrying out periodical
surveys in conjunction with surveys of damages and repairs in order to avoid duplication of work.
Section
17
Units (1 September 2012)

This Guide is written in two systems of units, viz., SI/MKS units, and US customary units. Each system is to be
used independently of any other system. Unless indicated otherwise, the format of presentation of the two
systems of units in this Guide is as follows:
SI/MKS units (US customary units)
19
Fees
Fees in accordance with normal ABS practice will be charged for all services rendered by ABS. Expenses
incurred by ABS in connection with these services will be charged in addition to the fees. Fees and
expenses will be billed to the party requesting that particular service.
21
Disagreement
21.1
Rules and Guides

Any disagreement regarding either the proper interpretation of Rules and Guides or the translation of Rules
and Guides from the English language edition is to be referred to ABS for resolution.
21.3
Surveyor
In case of disagreement between the Owner/Operator or builders and the Surveyors regarding the material,
workmanship, extent of repairs or application of the Rules and Guides relating to any system classed or
proposed to be classed by ABS, an appeal may be made in writing to the Committee, who will order a
special survey to be held. Should the opinion of the Surveyor be confirmed, expense of this special survey
is to be paid by the party appealing.
23
Limitation of Liability
The combined liability of the American Bureau of Shipping, its committees, officers, employees, agents or
subcontractors for any loss, claim or damage arising from its negligent performance or nonperformance of
any of its services or from breach of any implied or express warranty of workmanlike performance in
connection with those services, or from any other reason, to any person, corporation, partnership, business
entity, sovereign, country or nation, will be limited to the greater of a) $100,000 or b) an amount equal to
ten times the sum actually paid for the services alleged to be deficient.
The limitation of liability may be increased, up to an amount twenty-five times the sum paid for services,
upon receipt of Clients written request at or before the time of performance of services, and upon payment
by Client of an additional fee of $10.00 for every $1,000.00 increase in the limitation.
25
References (1 September 2012)

In addition to the ABS Rules and Guides as listed in 1/7.1, the additional requirements of the following
Guides, codes, or standards are referenced in this Guide:
10
ABS Guidance Notes on Review and Approval of Novel Concepts (Novel Concepts Guide)
ABS Guide for Risk Evaluations for the Classification of Marine-Related Facilities
ABS Guidance Notes on Risk Assessment Applications for the Marine and Offshore Oil and Gas Industries
ABS Guide for Well Test Systems
ABS Guide for Certification of Lifting Appliances (Lifting Appliances Guide)
ABS Guide for Surveys Using Risk-Based Inspections for the Offshore Industry (RBI Guide)
ABS Guide for Surveys Based on Reliability-Centered Maintenance (RCM Guide)
ABS Guide for Nondestructive Inspection of Hull Welds (NDE Guide)

Section
ABS Guidance Notes for the Application of Ergonomics to Marine Systems
AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
ANSI American National Standards Institute
API American Petroleum Institute
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASNT American Society for Nondestructive Testing
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWS American Welding Society
BCSA British Constructional Steelwork Association
EN European Norm
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
IACS International Association of Classification Societies
ISO International Organization for Standardization
NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
NFPA National Fluids Power Association
SAE Society of Automotive Engineers
SPE Society of Petroleum Engineers
UL Underwriters Laboratory
ABS is prepared to consider other recognized codes, standards, alternative design methodology and industry
practice, on a case-by-case basis, with justifications as indicated in 1/7.7 of this Guide.
27
Definitions (1 September 2012)

The following definitions are provided to clarify the use of certain terms in the context of this Guide:
Accumulator: A pressure vessel charged with high pressure air or nitrogen gas and used to store hydraulic
energy under pressure.
Acoustic Control Systems: Acoustic signal transmission may be used as an emergency backup means for
controlling critical BOP stack functions, such as pipe ram preventers, shear ram preventer and marine drilling
riser connector including LMRP. The acoustic control system includes a surface electronics package,
acoustic pod transponder, subsea electronic package and a subsea electro-hydraulic package.
Acoustic Pod Transponder: Device which receives acoustic signals from the surface and provides command
signals to the subsea BOP control system.
Actuator: A mechanism for the remote or automatic operation of a valve or choke.
Annular Blowout Preventer: A device typically installed above the ram preventers used to control wellhead
pressure. A reinforced rubber packing element is compressed by hydraulic pressure to actuate the device to
seal. A standard annular BOP will shut off annular pressure, open-hole pressure and afford stripping of
tubing/drill pipe while containing well pressure.
11
Section
Autoshear System: A system that is designed to automatically shut-in the wellbore in the event of a disconnect
of the LMRP. When the autoshear is armed, disconnect of the LMRP closes the shear ram on BOP stack.
Auxiliary Line: A conduit (excluding choke and kill lines) attached to the outside of the drilling riser main
tube (e.g., hydraulic supply line, buoyancy control line, mud boost line).
Backpressure (Casing Pressure, Choke Pressure): The pressure existing at the surface on the casing side
of the drill string/annulus flow system.
Backup: An element or system that is intended to be used only in the event that the primary element or
system is nonfunctional.
Blind Rams: See Rams
Blind-shear Rams: See Rams
Blowout: An uncontrolled flow of well fluids/gas and/or formation fluids/gas from the wellbore to the
surface or into lower pressured subsurface zones (underground blowout).
Blowout Preventer (BOP): The equipment installed at the wellhead to prevent the escape of fluids under
pressure either in the annular space between the casing and drill pipe or in an open hole during drilling and
completion operations.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Handling Crane: Gantry-type crane used to move BOP from storage location to
BOP transporter/skidder location.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Operating and Control System: System of pumps, valves, accumulators, fluid storage
and mixing equipment, manifold, piping, hoses, control panels and other items necessary to hydraulically
operate the BOP equipment.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Assembly: The complete assembly of BOP stack, frame, accumulators, pods, valves,
piping, connectors, jumpers, control systems, ROV interface panels, control piping, etc.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Seafixing: Mechanism to maintain BOP stack in secured position on drilling unit.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Stack: The complete assembly of well control equipment including preventers,
spools, valves, and nipples connected to the top of the casinghead.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Stack Frame: Steel frame to which the lower stack is mounted for handling and
mating with LMRP. Also serves as a support structure to mount various subsea equipment, such as subsea
accumulators and control pods.
Blowout Preventer (BOP) Transporter/Skidder: Skidding mechanism to position the BOP for deployment,
retrieval or storage.
Buffer Tank: A targeted, horizontal or vertical, cylindrical tank that changes the direction of fluid flow
downstream of the choke and serves as a flow director to the flare line, gas buster or mud-gas separator.
Bulk Storage: Tanks that are designed for storage of bulk materials for drilling fluid and cement mixing
(barite, bentonite, cement, etc.).
Buoyancy Equipment: Devices added to riser joints to reduce their apparent weight, thereby reducing riser
top tension requirements.
Burner Boom: Boom which extends over the deck edge to flare hydrocarbon from kick circulation or well
test operations.
Casinghead/Spool: The part of the wellhead to which the BOP connector is connected.
Casing Stabbing Board: Folding platform located in the derrick which positions the stabbing hand (pipe
stabber) while running casing.
Catastrophic Release: Major hydrocarbon release that results from uncontrolled developments and that
may lead to serious danger to personnel, asset, and environment.
Catwalk Ramp (Riser Skate): Conveyer transport system used to move riser sections, drill pipes, casing or
tool joints from the lower deck storage to the drill floor.
12
Section
Cementing Manifold: Used to direct high pressure cement through the cement standpipe.
Cement Pump: High pressure positive-displacement-type pump used for cementing operations, often connected
to the kill line for emergency kill operations, usually smaller capacity than mud pump.
Choke: A device with either a fixed or variable orifice used to control the rate of flow of liquids and/or gas.
Chokes are also used to control the rate of the flow of drilling mud out of the hole when the well is closed
in with the blowout preventer and a kick is being circulated out of the hole.
Choke Line: The high-pressure piping (flexible lines, rigid piping, valves, connectors, fittings, etc.) between
the mud pumps and BOP outlets or wellhead outlets.
Choke Line Valve: The valve(s) connected to and a part of the BOP stack that allows fluids flow to the
choke manifold.
Choke Manifold: An assembly of valves, chokes, gauges, and piping components through which drilling
fluid is circulated when the blowout preventer is closed to control the pressure encountered during a kick.
Circulation Head: Accessory attached to the top of the tubulars to form a connection with the mud system
to permit circulation of drilling mud.
Clamp Connection: A pressure sealing device used to join two items without using conventional bolted
flange joints. The two items to be sealed are prepared with clamp hubs. These hubs are held together by a
clamp containing a minimum of four bolts.
Classified Area: A location in which flammable gases or vapors are or may be present in the air in
quantities sufficient to produce explosive or ignitable mixtures (see the ABS MODU Rules, API RP 500 or
API RP 505 for additional details).
Closing Unit: The assembly of pumps, valves, lines, accumulators, and other items necessary to open and
close the BOP equipment.
Computer-Based System: A system of one or more microprocessors, associated software, peripherals and
interfaces.
Control Panel/Console: Main operator interface for various installation systems (may be hydraulic, electric,
electronic, mechanical, pneumatic, or any combination thereof).
Control Manifold: An assembly of valves and piping to control the flow of hydraulic fluid to operate the
various components of systems, equipment or components.
Control Panel, Remote: A panel containing a series of controls that will operate the valves on the control
manifold from a remote point.
Control Pod: An assembly of subsea valves and regulators that when activated from the surface will direct
hydraulic fluid through special apertures to operate the BOP equipment.
Control Stations: Spaces containing the following, as applicable:
Radio or main navigation equipment
Fire control equipment and fire recording
Central process control rooms
Dynamically positioning control system
Fire extinguishing system serving various

locations
Centralized ballast control station
Emergency source of power
Battery room
CO2 bottle room
Fire pumps
Control Systems: An assembly of devices interconnected or otherwise coordinated to convey the command
or order.
Crown: Upper section of the derrick
Crown Block: Assembly of sheaves mounted at the derrick top (crown) through which the drilling line is reaved.
Deadline Anchor: Device to securely fasten one end of drill line to the drill floor or derrick structure.
13
Section
Deadman System: A system that is designed to automatically close the wellbore in the event of a simultaneous
absence of hydraulic supply and signal (control and communication) transmission capacity in both subsea
control pods.
Degasser: Device used to remove entrained gas from a drilling fluid in normal well circulation.
Desander: Centrifugal device for removing sand from drilling fluid.
Desilter: Centrifugal device used for removing silt from drilling fluid.
Derrick (Mast): Main load-bearing structure in drilling unit used as support structure for various equipment
associated with hoisting, lifting, handling, etc.
Design Approved Products (PDA): See 1-1-A2/5.1.3 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification
Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1).
Design Pressure: The pressure used in the design of pressure-retaining equipment or piping systems for
the purpose of determining the minimum permissible thickness or physical characteristics of the different
parts of the pressure-retaining equipment or piping systems. When applicable, static head and other external
loads (e.g., bending, torsional, tension, compression, temperature gradient, etc.) are to be added to the design
pressure to determine the thickness of any specific part of the pressure-retaining equipment or piping systems.
Diverter: A device attached to the wellhead or marine drilling riser to close the vertical access in order to
prevent upward flow of well fluids and direct flow into a line away from the rig floor.
Diverter Control System: The assemblage of pumps, accumulator bottles, manifolds, control panel, valves,
lines, etc., used to operate the diverter system.
Diverter System: The assemblage of an annular sealing device, flow control means, vent system components,
and control system that facilitates closure of the upward flow path of well fluids and opening of the vent to
atmosphere.
Diverter Vent Line/Diverter Piping: The conduit which directs the flow of gas and wellbore fluids away
from the drill floor to the atmosphere.
Drape Hoses (Moonpool Line): A flexible line connecting a choke, kill, and auxiliary line terminal fitting
on the telescopic joint to the appropriate piping on the rig structure. A U-shaped bend in this line allows for
relative movement between the vessel and the outer barrel of the telescopic joint as the vessel moves.
Drawworks: Large winch typically located on the drill floor area used to raise and lower the drill string,
top drive assembly by taking in or paying out the drilling line through the crown block and traveling block.
Drill Floor Substructure: The foundation structure(s) on which the derrick, rotary table, drawworks, and
other drilling equipment are supported.
Drill Pipe Safety Valve: A full-opening valve located on the rig floor with threads to match the drill pipe
connections in use. This valve is used to close off the drill pipe to prevent flow from the well.
Drillers Cabin: An enclosed space on or near the drill floor that provides clear view for the driller to
monitor and control drilling activities.
Drilling Spool: A fitting placed in the blowout preventer stack with internal diameters at least equal to the
bore of the BOP to provide space between preventers with smaller side outlets for facilitating stripping and
other operations, to permit attachment of choke and kill lines, and for localizing possible erosion by fluid
flow to the spool.
Dump Tank: Calibrated tank used to measure the volume of a liquid, may be drilling mud or reservoir fluids.
Electrical Control System: Control systems that are based on relays and analog discrete components without
a central processor unit. Manual switches, relays and potentiometers are used for control of the equipment.
In most situations, hydraulic and/or pneumatic medium is controlled by the electrical control system.
Elevator, Drilling: Hinged clamp-type device used to grasp drill pipe or casing for lifting by the drilling
hook, may be either manually or hydraulically/pneumatically operated.
Elevator, Personnel: Lifting device used for rig personnel, may be on or off the drill floor.
14
Section
Equipment: Structure or device designed to perform a function, individually or combined into system.
Escape Routes: Designated path used by personnel to evade an immediate danger and ultimately leads to a
temporary refuge or muster station.
Finger Board: A rack located in the derrick that supports the top of the stands of pipe stacked in the derrick.
Fill-up Valve: A special riser joint having a valve means to allow the riser annulus to be opened to the sea.
To prevent riser pipe collapse, an automatic actuator controlled by a differential-pressure sensor may open
the valve.
Flammable Fluid: Any fluid, regardless of its flash point, capable of feeding a fire. Examples are diesel
fuel, hydraulic oil (oil-based), lubricating oil, crude oil, or hydrocarbons.
Flash Point: The minimum temperature at which a combustible liquid gives off vapor in sufficient
concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used,
as determined by the test procedure and apparatus specified in NFPA 30.
Flex Joint: A steel and elastomer assembly having central through-passage equal to or greater in diameter
than the riser bore that may be positioned in the riser string to reduce local bending stresses.
Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses: Conduits that can accommodate the relative motion and/or vibration
encountered on the drilling facility and are used to transfer fluids (mud, cement, hydraulic fluids, etc.).
Typical uses for flexible lines and/or hydraulic hoses within the drilling facility are:
Rotary and vibratory hoses
Cementing hoses
Choke and kill flexible lines, and auxiliary lines (drapes and jumpers)
Hydraulic hoses for control functions and operations
Floating Installation: An offshore facility designed to provide hydrocarbon processing and/or hydrocarbon
storage, and offload hydrocarbons. The term is used to generically identify a buoyant facility that is sitespecific. The installation is securely and substantially moored so that it cannot be moved without a special
effort.
Gimbal: Support for the riser spider which allows some angular movement of the spider and riser relative
to the rig support structure.
Gooseneck: Curved connection between the rotary hose and the swivel or top drive.
Hazardous Area: See Classified Areas.
Heave: Vessel motion in the vertical direction due to marine environment.
High-Pressure High-Temperature (HPHT): Wells with a potential pressure greater than 103.43 MPa
(15,000 psi) at the wellhead, or with a potential reservoir temperature of greater than 177C (350F).
Hook, Drilling: Hook-shaped lifting device attached to the traveling block from which the swivel (or top drive)
is suspended.
Horizontal to Vertical Equipment: Equipment to move tubulars from/to horizontal position to/from vertical
position for stand building or breaking, and tubulars operations.
Hydraulic Cylinder: Mechanical device used to convert hydraulic fluid pressure to linear action.
Hydraulic Hoses: Conduits that can accommodate the relative motion, and/or vibration encountered on a
drilling facility and are used to transfer fluid for hydraulic system functions.
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU): Skid-mounted systems used to provide hydraulic power, usually comprised
of a hydraulic fluid reservoir, filters, hydraulic pump, motor and control.
Hydrocarbon: A compound of hydrogen and carbon, such as any of those that are the chief components of
petroleum and natural gas, can be liquid or gas.
Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S): A highly toxic, flammable, corrosive gas sometimes encountered in hydrocarbonbearing formations.
15
Section
Hydrogen Sulfide (Sour) Service: Refers to equipment designed to resist corrosion and hydrogen embrittlement
caused by exposure to hydrogen sulfide.
Ignitable Mixture: A mixture that is within the flammable range (between the upper and lower limits) and
is therefore capable of propagation of flame away from the source of ignition.
Inside Blowout Preventer (IBOP): Check valve installed in drill string to prevent a blowout inside the drill
string. Flow is possible only downward, allowing mud to be pumped in but preventing any flow back up
the drill string.
Iron Roughneck: Tool with automated combination of spinning and torqueing for make-up or break-down
of drill string pipes during drilling operation.
Jumper Line: A flexible section of choke, kill, or auxiliary line that provides a continuous flow around a
flex/ball joint while accommodating the angular motion at the flex/ball joint.
Kelly: The uppermost component of the drill string; the kelly is an extra-heavy joint of pipe with flat or
fluted sides that is free to move vertically through a kelly bushing in the rotary table; the kelly bushing
imparts torque to the kelly and thereby the drill string is rotated.
Kelly Bushing: Device which imparts torque to the kelly from the master bushing and permits vertical
movement of the kelly.
Kelly Cock: A valve immediately above the kelly that can be closed to confine pressures inside the drill string.
Kelly Spinner: Pneumatically-operated device mounted to the top of the kelly used to spin up the kelly for
making connections on a rotary table-type rig.
Kelly Valve, Lower: A full-opening/full-closing valve installed immediately below the kelly, with outside
diameter equal to the tool joint outside diameter.
Kick: Unscheduled, unwanted entry of water, gas, oil or other formation fluid into wellbore. It occurs because
pressure exerted by the column of drilling fluid is not great enough to overcome the pressure exerted by the
fluids in the formation drilled. If prompt action is not taken to control the kick or kill the well, a blowout
will occur.
Kill: In drilling/well servicing, to prevent a threatened blowout by taking suitable preventative measures
(e.g., to shut in well with blowout preventer, circulate kick out, and increase weight of drilling/completion/
workover fluid).
Kill Line: The high-pressure piping (flexible lines, rigid piping, valves, connectors, fittings, etc.) between
the pumps (cement or mud pumps) and BOP outlets or wellhead outlets.
Kill Unit: A unit to pump kill mud to kill the well.
Links, Drilling (Bell Nipple): Strong rods which connect the drilling elevators to the hook and allow
movement for the elevator to be pushed out of the way when not in use.
Lower Explosive Limit (L.E.L.): The lowest concentration of combustible vapors or gases, by volume in
mixture with air, which can be ignited at ambient conditions.
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP): Part of the blowout preventer stack assembly; usually contains LMRP
connector, one or more annular-type preventers, lower flex joint, riser adapter, and MUX control pods.
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Connector: Hydraulic connector used to securely latch the LMRP to
the BOP stack.
Lower Marine Riser Package (LMRP) Frame: Structural frame which is used for handling of the LMRP
and integration with the BOP stack. It also serves as a support structure to mount various subsea equipment
such as subsea accumulators and control pods.
Machinery Spaces of Category A: All spaces which contain internal combustion-type machinery used either:
16
For main propulsion; or
For other purposes where such machinery has in the aggregate a total power of not less than 375 kW; or
Which contain any oil-fired boiler or oil fuel unit; and trunks to such spaces.
Section
Machinery Spaces (other than Category A): All spaces containing machinery, boilers, and other fired processes,
oil fuel units, steam and internal combustion engines, generators, and major electrical machinery, oil filling
stations, refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation, and air-conditioning machinery and similar spaces.
Manifold: An accessory system of piping to a main piping system (or another conductor) that serves to
divide a flow into several parts, to combine several flows into one, or to reroute a flow to any one of several
possible destinations.
Manipulator Arm: Mechanism to guide tubulars from/to well center to/from the V-door.
Manriding Winch: Winch used for personnel lifting operations.
Marine Drilling Riser System: The extension of the well bore from the subsea BOP stack to the floating
drilling vessel which provides for fluid returns to the drilling vessel, supports the choke, kill, and control lines,
booster lines, auxiliary lines, guides tools into the well, and serves as a running string for the BOP stack.
Master Bushing: Device which imparts torque from the rotary table to the kelly bushing and accepts the slips.
Maximum Allowable Working (Operating) Pressure (MAWP) or Rated Working Pressure (RWP): The
maximum internal pressure equipment or system is designed to operate or work and to contain and/or
control the pressure.
Minimum Design Temperature (MDT): The lowest predictable metal temperature occurring during normal
operation including start-up, shut-down and ambient situation is to be used.
Monkey Board: Elevated platform on the derrick structure for the support of the derrickman to place and/or
withdraw tubulars into the finger board.
Mud Agitator: Device to mix, or maintain mixture of, drilling mud in the mud pits.
Mud Boost Line: An auxiliary line which provides supplementary fluid supply from the surface and injects it
into the riser at the LMRP to assist in the circulation of drill cuttings up the marine drilling riser, when required.
Mud-Gas Separator (Poor Boy): A vessel for removing free gas from the drilling fluid returns, generally
used when circulating a gas kick out of the well.
Mud Pump: Large high-pressure pump used to circulate drilling fluid, usually positive-displacement type.
Multiplex (MUX) Control System: A system utilizing electrical or optical conductors in an armored subsea
umbilical cable such that, on each conductor, multiple distinct functions are independently operated by
dedicated serialized coded commands.
Nonhazardous Areas (Unclassified Locations): Locations determined to be neither hazardous areas nor
classified areas (see Classified Area for definition).
Operating Conditions: A set of conditions (e.g., pressure, temperature, flow rates, composition, loads, etc.)
chosen for normal operation of a system, subsystem, equipment or component.
Personnel Basket: Device in which personnel ride in during lifting operations in personnel cranes, elevators,
and man-riding winches.
Pipe Rams: See Rams
Pipe Racking Mechanism: Automated equipment to place and/or withdraw tubular strands to/from the
setback area.
Power Slips: Automated slips typically controlled by the driller, usually hydraulically or pneumatically
operated.
Power Subs: A power sub is a device which moves with a hoisting system and is designed to provide
rotary power to the top of the tubular/string. It attaches to the bottom of the rotary swivel, but does not
include a rotary seal or bearing for supporting the tubular/string.
Power Swivels: A power swivel is a device which moves with a hoisting system and is designed to
provide rotary power to the top of the tubular/string. It replaces the rotary swivel and includes a rotary seal
and bearing for supporting the tubular/string weight.
17
Section
Process Area: Area where processing equipment is located to handle hydrocarbon. This includes
wellhead/manifold areas, well testing equipment.
Pulsation Dampeners: Chambered device used to dampen pressure pulsations in a fluid flow.
Pup Joint: A shorter-than-standard-length riser joint, tool joint, or drill pipe.
Rams: Mechanical device used for closing, shearing and sealing component of a blowout preventer. One of
three types blind, shear, or pipe may be installed in several preventers mounted in a stack on top of the
wellbore.
Blind rams: Blind ram ends are not intended to seal against any drill pipe or casing. The rams seal
against each other to effectively close the hole.
Shear rams:
Shear rams (non-sealing): Shear rams have a built-in cutting edge that will shear tubular that may
be in the hole.
Blind-shear rams: Blind rams with a built-in cutting edge that will shear against any drill pipe or
casing. They seal against each other to effectively close the hole.
Super shear ram: Shear rams that are capable to shear drill collars and large diameter casing. These
rams are also capable of shearing heavy wall drill pipe and tool joints. The super shear rams are
non-sealing rams.
Pipe ram is a sealing component with an indentation and packing for drill pipe, drill collars or casing
that closes the annular space between the pipe and the blowout preventer or wellhead. Separate rams
are necessary for each size (outside diameter) pipe in use. Pipe rams can include:
-
Fixed bore pipe ram: Closing and sealing component in a ram blowout preventer that is capable of
sealing only specified tubular size
Variable bore pipe ram: Closing and sealing component in a ram blowout preventer that is capable
of sealing on a range of tubular sizes
Rated Setback Load: The maximum weight of tubular goods which can be supported by the substructure in
the setback area.
Rated Working Pressure (RWP) or Maximum Allowable Working (Operating) Pressure (MAWP): The
maximum internal pressure equipment or system is designed to operate or work and to contain and/or control
the pressure.
Remotely Operated Vehicle (ROV): An unmanned vehicle for offshore subsea use.
Reels (MUX, Hotline): Large spool and winch system used to store, deploy, and retrieve flexible lines.
Riser Adapter: Crossover between riser and flex/ball joint.
Riser Chute: To guide risers from vertical position at set back area to drill-floor.
Riser Feeding Machine: A machine designed for horizontal transportation of casing, riser/slip joint and
material from pipe deck to drill floor and vice versa.
Riser Joint: A section of riser main tube having flanged connector (or equivalent ) ends fitted with a box
and pin and including choke, kill and (optional) auxiliary lines, booster lines, and their support brackets.
Riser Recoil System: A means of limiting the upward acceleration of the riser for uplanned disconnect (EDS)
or failure of a riser.
Riser Running/Handling Tool: A device that joins to the upper end of a riser joint to permit the lifting and
lowering of the joint and the assembled riser string in the derrick by the elevators.
Riser Spider Fixed: A device having retractable jaws or dogs used to support the riser string on the
uppermost coupling support shoulder during deployment and retrieval of the riser.
Riser Spider Elevator: Riser spider that is capable of being used as elevators.
18
Section
Riser Tensioners: Systems for providing and maintaining top tension on the deployed riser string to prevent
buckling.
Riser Tensioner Ring: The structural interface of the telescopic joint outer barrel and the riser tensioners.
The tensioner ring may be an integral part of the telescopic joint.
Rotary Hose (also known as Kelly Hose): Flexible hose which conducts high-pressure drilling fluids from
the standpipe to the gooseneck/swivel and kelly or top drive.
Rotary Swivel: A device hanging on the traveling hook that allows the drill string to rotate while hanging
and provide path for fluids flow.
Rotary Table: A device through which passes the bit and drill string and that transmits rotational action to
the kelly.
Rupture (or Bursting) Disc: A device designed to rupture or burst and relieve pressure at a defined pressure
and rate. The device will not close after being activated.
Safe Working Load (SWL): The maximum rated load within the lifting appliance rated capacity for the
given operating conditions.
Safety Factor: The relationship between maximum allowable stress level and a defined material property,
normally specified minimum yield strength.
Safety System Equipment: A system designed to automatically lead equipment being controlled to a
predetermined less critical condition in response to a fault which may endanger the equipment or the safety
of personnel and which may develop too fast to allow manual intervention.
Shale Shaker: Any of several mechanical devices utilizing screens and vibration that remove cuttings and
other large solids from drilling fluid.
Shear Rams: See Rams.
Sheaves: Grooved pulley for use with wire rope.
Shut-in: A condition resulting from a shutting-in of the wellbore caused by the occurrence of one or more
undesirable events and/or actions of the safety shutdown.
Shutdown: A system action that will be initiated upon signal or failure and is to result in shutdown of systems,
subsystems, equipment, component, or part of the facility.
Sour Service: Exposure to environments that contain H2S and can cause cracking of materials by the
mechanisms addressed in NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
Spudding: The start of drilling the subsea well.
Subsystem: An assembly of interconnected or interrelated parts that performs tasks as a component as a
subset of a system.
System: An assembly of various subsystems combined into a unified whole.
Surveyor: ABSs representative on location to perform examination or inspection activities.
Survival Condition: Condition during which a unit may be subjected to the most severe environmental loading
for which the unit is designed. Drilling or similar operations may have been discontinued due to the severity
of the environmental loading. The unit may be either afloat or supported on the sea bed, as applicable.
Telescopic Joint (Slip Joint): A riser joint having an inner barrel and an outer barrel with sealing means
between. The inner and outer barrels of the telescopic joint move relative to each other to compensate for
the required change in the length of the riser string as the vessel moves due to marine environment.
Tensioning System: Systems for providing and maintaining top tension on the deployed equipment.
Test Pressure: The pressure at which the component or system is tested to verify structural and pressure
integrity.
Test Stump: Stump with wellhead profile used to support the BOP during surface pressure test operations.
Also used during BOP storage.
19
Section
Tongs (Power or Manual): Automated or manual tongs used to torque drill pipe to final torque or to break
out pipe connections.
Top Drive: A top drive is either a power swivel or a power sub, typically with integrated pipe handling and
hoisting capabilities below the drive. The pipe handler may comprise an elevator, elevator links, link tilt
system and a pipe gripper mechanism to assist in making and breaking connections.
Transit Condition: Unit movements from one geographical location to another.
Traveling Block: Set of sheaves which move up and down in the derrick as drilling line is paid out or taken in.
Trip: The operation of hoisting the drill string from and returning it to the wellbore.
Trip Tank: Small mud tank used to keep track of the volume of mud displaced by the drill string during
trip in and trip out.
Tubulars: Tubular goods can be tubing, casing, drill pipe, and line pipe.
Tubular Feeding Machine: A machine designed for horizontal transportation of tubulars and materials
from pipe deck to drill floor and vice versa.
Type Approval: See Appendix 1-1-A2 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units
and Structures (Part 1).
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS): Device supplying output power in some limited time period after
loss of input power with no interruption of the output power.
Unit Certification: Unit certification is a review of individual systems, subsystems, equipment, components,
and materials for compliance with ABS Rules, Guides, or other recognized codes and standards. This allows
these items to be placed on a vessel, marine structure or system to become eligible for classification.
Certification is a one-time review (see Appendix 1-1-A2 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification
Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1).
Umbilical: A control hose bundle or electrical cable that typically runs from the reel onto the control pod
on the LMRP.
Upset Condition: A condition that occurs in a system, subsystem, equipment or component when an operating
variable deviates substantially from its normal operating limits. If left unchecked, this condition will result
in a threat to safety, or undesirable events, and may cause shutting-in of system, subsystems, equipment or
component.
Utility Systems: Various systems providing the supporting functions to the drilling operations. Typical utility
systems are cooling water, hot oil for heating, chemical systems for injection, hydraulic, potable water,
nitrogen generation and system, instrument air and power generation system, etc.
Vibratory Hose: A flexible hose assembly used to convey high-pressure drilling liquids between two
piping systems or between the mud-pump discharge outlet and the high-pressure mud piping system for the
purpose of attenuating noise and/or vibration, or compensating for misalignment and/or thermal expansion.
Wellhead Connector: Hydraulic connector used to securely latch the lower BOP stack to the wellhead.
Wire Rope: Cable composed of steel wires twisted around a central core of wire or fiber.
Wireline Spoolers: System consisting of a drum, motor and control system used for running or retrieving
wireline. Often skid-mounted, may be electrically, pneumatically or hydraulically operated.
Working Load: The mass of the load lifted plus the mass of the accessories (e.g., sheave blocks, hooks,
slings, etc.).
20
Section
29
Acronyms and Abbreviations (1 September 2012)

The following acronyms and abbreviations are used in this Guide:
AHC
Active Heave Compensation
BHA
Bottom Hole Assembly
BOP
Blowout Preventer
CoC
Certificate of Conformity
CTOD
Crack-tip Opening Displacement
CTU
Conductor Tensioning Unit
CVN
Charpy V-Notch
DCS
Distributed Control Systems
DEMP
Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plan
DN
Diameter Nominal
EDS
Emergency Disconnect System
ESD
Emergency Shutdown
FAT
Factory Acceptance Testing
FMEA
Failure Modes and Effects Analysis
FMECA
Failure Modes and Effects Criticality Analysis
GA
General Arrangement
H 2S
Hydrogen Sulfide
HAZ
Heat-Affected Zone
HAZOP
Hazard and Operability
HAZID
Hazard Identification
HP
High Pressure
HPHT
High-Pressure High-Temperature
I/O
Input/Output
IRC
Independent Review Certificate
IBOP
Internal Blowout Preventer
ITP
Inspection and Test Plans
LEL
Lower Explosive Limits
LMRP
Lower Marine Riser Package
LP
Liquid Penetrant Examination
MT
Magnetic Particle Examination
MAC
Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance
MASP
Maximum Anticipated Surface Pressure
MAWP
Maximum Allowable Working (Operating) Pressure
MDT
Minimum Design Temperature
21
Section
22
MDST
Minimum Design Service Temperature
MIT
Maintenance, Inspection, and Testing
MRN
Maintenance Release Note
MTR
Material Test Report
MUX
Multiplex Systems
NDE
Nondestructive Examination
NDT
Nil Ductility Transition
NPS
Nominal Pipe Size
NPT
National Pipe Thread Tapered Thread
OEM
Original Equipment Manufacturer
P&ID
Piping and Instrumentation Diagram
PO
Purchase Order
PDA
Product Design Assessment
PHC
Passive Heave Compensation
PLC
Programmable Logic Controller
PPM
Parts per Million
PQR
Procedure Qualification Record
RT
Radiographic Examination
RWP
Rated Working Pressure
ROV
Remotely Operated Vehicles
RQS
Recognized Quality Systems
SG
Specific Gravity
SIT
System Integration Test
SMYS
Specified Minimum Yield Strength
SR
Survey Report
SSL
Structural Safety Level
SWL
Safe Working Load
TA
Type Approval
UT
Ultrasonic Examination
UTS
Ultimate Tensile Strength
VIV
Vortex-Induced Vibration
WP
Working Pressure
WPS
Weld Procedure Specification
Section 2: Design of Drilling Systems
SECTION
Design of Drilling System
1.1

The designer of a drilling system is to evaluate the system as a whole, considering the interfacing and
interdependence of subsystems.
The required design plans and data to be submitted for ABS design review and approval related to the
drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are listed in Subsection 2/7 and Section 4, Table 1
of this Guide.
Arrangements and installation of drilling systems, subsystem, equipment and/or components are to meet
the layout objectives as specified in 2/1.3 and 2/7.1 of this Guide.
1.3
Equipment Layout
Equipment layout and work areas associated with the drilling activities are to be arranged with the following
objectives:
i)
Safety of personnel and operation
ii)
Separation of nonhazardous areas from those classified as hazardous areas
iii)
Separation of fuel and ignition source as far as practical
iv)
Minimizing the likelihood of uncontrollable releases of hydrocarbon to the environment
v)
Minimizing the spread of flammable liquids and gases which may result in a hazardous event and
facilitating rapid removal of any accumulations
vi)
Minimizing the probability of ignition
vii)
Minimizing the consequences of fire and explosions
viii)
Preventing fire escalation and equipment damage
ix)
Providing for adequate arrangements for escape and evacuation
x)
Facilitating effective emergency response
xi)
Minimizing dropped object hazards to personnel, equipment (on facility and subsea), and structure
xii)
(1 September 2012) Protection of critical systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components from
damage during drilling operation, such as:
xiii)
Electrical cables and cableways
Well control equipment
Exhaust ducting and air intake ducting
Control and shutdown systems
Fire/gas detection, and fire-fighting equipment are to be arranged so that they are protected
from damage during drilling operations.
Equipment arrangements are to provide access for inspection and servicing and safe means of
egress from all machinery spaces.
23
Section
1.5
1.7
xiv)
The installation of electrical equipment within hazardous areas is to be in compliance with the ABS
MODU Rules. Combustion equipment and combustion engines are not to be located in hazardous
areas.
xv)
Equipment arrangement drawings are to show the location of all equipment, living quarters, all
machinery spaces, tanks, derrick, wellheads/moon pool, flare and vents, escape route, evacuation
equipment, air intake, opening to close spaces, and any fire and barrier walls.
xvi)
Additional requirements related to general arrangement and equipment layout are also to consider the
applicable requirements of the ABS MODU Rules.
xvii)
The equipment arrangement drawings are to indicate the hazardous areas throughout the facility,
as defined in Section 4-3-6 of the ABS MODU Rules.
Overpressurization Protection
Systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that may have the potential of exposure to pressure
greater than for which they are designed are to be protected by suitable pressure protection devices:
i)
The drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components that may have the possibility of
overpressure are to be protected by suitable means, acceptable to ABS, such as relief valves, burst
disk, fusible plug, etc., or the equivalent. The equipment will be reviewed for the specified design
parameters, as specified in the applicable Design Basis in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide.
ii)
It is to be the responsibility of the systems and equipment designers to specify and consider the
most severe combination of pressure sources, such as formation pressure, pumps, flow restriction,
static heads, hammer effects, fire and/or thermally-induced pressures, in the design and selection
of suitable overpressure protection devices.
Materials (1 September 2012)

The materials for each equipment or component are to be selected with consideration of their fitness for the
intended service and in accordance with the applicable codes and standards as referenced in this Guide, in
addition to the material requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
The experience of the manufacturers, designers and related performance records will be specially considered
with technical justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
1.9

General requirements for welding and nondestructive examination (NDE) are to be in accordance with
Section 7 of this Guide.
1.11
Platforms and Railings (1 September 2012)

It is to be noted that various national and international regulatory bodies have requirements for the loading,
arrangement and construction of local structures such as walking/working platforms, guardrails, handrails,
ladders and walkways. The designer is to submit drawings and calculations for critical load-bearing
structures and components, demonstrating compliance to the applicable regulatory requirements, and the
design loads as specified in 3/11.1.3 of this Guide, as applicable.
Design Specifications
The design specification for drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components is to consider as a
minimum, but not limited to, the most adverse combination of applicable loads listed in 2/5.7 and consisting of
design plans, drawings, data, and calculations, as outlined in Subsection 2/7, to substantiate the design.
24
i)
In addition to the design specifications, the manufacturing specifications are to include material
specifications, WPS/PQR, NDE, and testing procedures/specifications utilized in the manufacturing,
installation, and commissioning of each system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component and are to
comply with the applicable section of this Guide, in addition to the codes or standards used.
ii)
Design plans and data are to be submitted for ABS approval of drilling systems, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components, in accordance with Subsection 2/7 and the requirements of this Guide.
Section
Design Considerations
5.1
Recognized Standards (1 September 2012)

The submitted design is to be in accordance with the requirements of this Guide and the latest edition of
the specified codes and standards, as referenced herein and in Appendix 1 of this Guide, from contract date
(see 1-1-3/1.3 of the ABS MODU Rules).
5.3
5.5
i)
Designs complying with other international or national standards not listed in Appendix 1 will be
subject to special consideration in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
ii)
ABS advises the designer/manufacturer to contact the ABS Technical office early in the design
phase for acceptance of alternate design codes and standards.
iii)
When alternate design codes and standards are proposed, justifications can be achieved through
equivalency, gap analysis or appropriate risk analysis/philosophy to demonstrate that the proposed
alternate design code and standard will provide an equivalent level of safety to the recognized
standards as listed in this Guide, and are required to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this
Guide.
Alternative Basis of Design

Designs based on manufacturers standards may also be accepted. In such cases, complete details of the
manufacturers standard and engineering justification are to be submitted for review.
i)
The manufacturer will be required to demonstrate by way of testing or analysis that the design criteria
employed results in a level of safety consistent with that of a recognized standard or code of practice.
ii)
Where strain gauge testing, fracture analysis, proof testing or similar procedures form a part of the
manufacturers design criteria, the procedure and results are to be submitted for ABS review.
iii)
Historical performance data for drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components is to be

submitted for justification of designs based on manufacturers standards.
iv)
ABS will consider the application of risk evaluations for alternative or novel features for the basis
of design in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, as applicable.
Corrosion/Erosion Allowance (1 September 2012)

Where drilling systems (including piping systems), subsystems, equipment, and/or components are subjected to
a corrosive, erosive or abrasive environment, the design is to include allowances for such extra material as
applicable in accordance with the requirements as specified below:
i)
As specified by the applicable design codes and standards.
ii)
The amount of additional material needed is to be determined based on the predicted rate of corrosion
and/or erosion and the design service life of the component.
iii)
Alternative allowances will be considered when supplemented with technical justifications for the
life-cycle of the equipment, such as:
iv)
a)
Previous documented service experience
b)
Active corrosion protection and maintenance, such as galvanizing, anodes, etc.
c)
Passive corrosion protection and maintenance, such as special coating, etc.
In the absence of 2/5.5i) through 2/5.5iii), a minimum corrosion allowance of 1.6 mm (0.0625 in.) is
to be utilized.
25
Section
5.7
Design Conditions
The drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to be designed to account for all applicable
environmental, operational, and test loads, or combination thereof. These include, but are not limited to,
the following:
i)
ii)
5.9
Environmental Conditions, as applicable
Earthquake
Wind
Ice
Temperature
Current, waves
1, 10, 50, 100 year storm event, as applicable
Operational
Static pressure
Vibration
Transient pressure excursion
Temperature excursion
Acceleration loads due to movement of the

drilling unit
Tension
Retrieval
Drifting
iii)
Bending
Transportation
iv)
Installation
v)
Commissioning
vi)
Storage and Maintenance
vii)
Test Loads
Risk Assessments for Drilling System (1 September 2012)

For a drilling system as defined in Subsection 3/1 of this Guide, risk assessment for the drilling system and
individual systems, subsystems, and equipment is to be performed.
Qualitative risk assessments are to be conducted with the following objectives:
i)
Identifying and assessing major hazards, but not limited to, those defined in 1/7.9 of this Guide
ii)
Potential risks associated with the drilling system, including its impact on other systems
iii)
Demonstrate compliance with the design principles as stated in this Guide
iv)
Identify prevention and mitigation measures, as appropriate
v)
Areas or issues requiring further analysis, testing, or risk evaluations
5.9.1
Levels of Risk Assessment

Three (3) levels of risk assessments are to be performed, as applicable:
i)
Qualitative hazard identification studies such as HAZID, HAZOP, What-if, etc., or similar
ii)
Functional FMEA/FMECA
iii)
Component level FMEA/FMECA
These assessments are to be performed sequentially, starting with the identification of hazards for
the overall design, and focusing to detailed risk studies driven by the findings of the previous
studies, as necessary.
5.9.2
26
Maintenance of Risk Assessment

Risk study results are to be maintained by the Owner of the drilling unit. If any subsequent
modifications to the drilling system, subsystems, equipment or components are carried out, risk studies
are to be updated to incorporate the modifications and to demonstrate that any hazards derived
from the modifications have been mitigated, as applicable.
Section
5.9.3
5.9.4
5.9.5
Integrated Drilling System

The objective of drilling system risk assessment is to identify major hazards related to the system,
subsystem, and equipment as defined in Subsection 3/1 as an integrated system on a drilling unit.
Risk assessment is to consider, but not limited to, major hazards as defined in 1/7.9 of this Guide.
Qualitative risk assessments as defined in 2/5.9.1i) above are to performed covering the integrated
drilling system as defined in Subsection 3/1 of this Guide.
Qualitative risk assessments as defined in 2/5.9.1ii) above are to performed covering the integrated
control system for various drilling subsystem.
Functional FMEA/FMECA
Functional FMEA/FMECA as specified in 2/5.9.1ii) above are to be performed covering individual
systems, subsystems, equipment and components as defined in Subsection 3/1 of this Guide.
i)
The functional FMEA/FMECA is to evaluate the intended control functions such as hydraulic,
pneumatic, electrical, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, or computer-based systems components,
as applicable, will not cause unsafe operation in compliance with the design principles in
Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, 3/15.3, 3/15.5.
ii)
The functional FMEA/FMECA is to evaluate the well control, drilling support, and general
support systems will not cause unsafe operation in compliance with the design principles
in Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, 3/15.3, 3/15.5.
iii)
The results of the functional FMEA/FMECA are to identify critical systems/functions to

be further analyzed during component level FMEA/FMECA.
Component-Level Risk Assessments

i)
The detailed component level FMEA/FMECA is to be performed for the critical components
as identified during the functional FMEA/FMECA.
ii)
5.11
The component level FMEA/FMECA is to correlate to the functional FMEA/FMECA to

provide an overall understanding of the local effects of the equipment failure mode and
global effects of the failure of the control/safety function and other equipment/interfaces
in the system.
FMEA/FMECA Validation Program (1 September 2012)

A validation program is to be developed and performed to verify selected/critical results of the FMEA/FMECA:
Effectiveness of system to identify failure/failures
The effect of an identified failure/failures on system/equipment
Response of the safety controls
Other measures to protect against the failure
i)
FMEA/FMECA validation is to be carried out at the vendors plant, in accordance with 4/3.3.1
and Subsection 8/3 of this Guide.
ii)
When final testing requires assembly and installation on-board facility, it may not be possible to
perform all required testing at vendors plant. In this case, FMEA/FMECA validation is be carried
out as part of the system integration testing (SIT) during commissioning, in accordance with
4/3.3.2 and Subsections 8/5 and 8/7 of this Guide.
iii)
The test program results are to be documented to confirm that the FMEA/FMECA conclusions are
valid.
27
Section
Design Plans and Data

The following paragraphs describe documentation and ABS approval requirements for Classing of drilling
systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components.
i)
Section 4 of this Guide provides the general process for ABS approval of a drilling system.
Subsequently, Section 4, Table 1, Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment identifies
the typical drilling system, subsystems, equipment and/or components that require approval for
ABS Classification of the drilling system.
ii)
It should be noted that Section 4, Table 1 is provided as a general reference listing, and is not to be
considered as the complete drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component listing. For drilling
systems, subsystems, equipment or components not listed in Section 4, Table 1, the designer/
manufacturer should contact the appropriate ABS Technical office for guidance on technical and
survey requirements and completion of the approval process.
iii)
The manufacturers plans and data, as specified in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide, are generally to be
submitted electronically to ABS. However, hard copies will also be accepted.
iv)
All plan submissions originating from manufacturers are understood to be made with the knowledge
of the main contracting party.
v)
(1 September 2012) Design plans and data, as listed in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide, are expected
to be submitted by the entity(ies) outlined in the table below. Depending on the contractual
agreement between entities, the responsible party for design plans and data submittal may vary.
Submittal of Design Plans and Data
Shipyard
Owner/Operator/Designer
Manufacturers
Drilling Systems
General arrangement
X
X
Well control
Well circulation
Tubular handling and lifting
Interface details between systems

and/or subsystems
Marine interface
Electrical
Control
X
X
Drilling Equipment
X
Assembly details, etc.
Components
Installation integration
Note:
7.1
28
X
X
Subsystems
X
Where multi-entities are indicated, any one entity or all entities may be responsible for the
design plan and data submittals, dependent on contractual agreement between entities.
General Arrangement for Drilling System (1 September 2012)

General arrangement plans are to provide the following information, as applicable:
i)
General arrangement of the installation/facility where the drilling system and its machinery are
installed
ii)
Equipment layout, detailed arrangements and elevation drawings showing:
Locations of all machinery, equipment, and structures for drilling operations
Piping systems associated with the drilling systems, and support systems
Section
7.3
Locations of all control panels/stations for drilling systems, including all drilling support systems
Locations of the fire and gas monitoring and fire-fighting control locations
Detailed arrangements of the well test areas or location of well test equipment
Escape and egress routes, including their protections, and muster stations
The locations of openings (air intake, exhaust, windows, doors, etc.) for all closed spaces
Ventilation arrangements
iii)
HAZOP and/or HAZID study reports for the entire drilling systems and all associated subsystems
on the drilling unit
iv)
FMEA/FMECA or similar analysis, and its validation program for systems, subsystems, equipment
or components, and integrated systems in accordance with 2/5.9 and 2/5.11, respectively, of this Guide
v)
Classified areas (hazardous areas) drawings and/or details identifying nonhazardous areas and
hazardous areas in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules, API RP 500 or API RP 505
vi)
Locations of potential hydrocarbon release and composition
Well Control Systems and Equipment

Typical well control systems and equipment are identified as follows:
Blowout preventer (BOP) equipment
Lower marine riser package (LMRP) for subsea well control
Choke and kill equipment
Marine drilling riser systems See 2/7.5
Diverter equipment
Auxiliary well control equipment
(1 September 2012) The following are to be submitted for the well control systems and equipment:
i)
General arrangement of well control systems, subsystems, equipment and components
ii)
FMEA/FMECA or similar analysis for the well control systems and subsystems (see 2/5.9, 2/5.11
and 3/15.3)
7.3.1
Blowout Preventer Systems and Equipment

Submit the following documentation for the well control systems, BOP systems and/or well control
equipment, as applicable:
i)
ii)
Design basis:
Descriptions of the well control systems and equipment for surface and subsurface BOPs
Design parameters: pressure rating, temperature rating (min/max)
P&IDs and schematic diagrams
Shutdown logic
Details on hierarchy of control: primary, secondary, emergency, etc.
Equipment technical specifications and data sheet
Design references, codes, standards, or guidelines
(1 September 2012) All control panel arrangements for BOP control systems
29
Section
iii)
iv)
(1 September 2012) Design and manufacturing details for BOP stack equipment to include
preventers, drill spools, wellhead connectors, clamps, spacer spools, adapter spools, etc.:
Design parameters: pressure rating (RWP/MAWP, or design pressure), temperature

rating (min/max), loads, maximum water depth, service conditions, etc.
Dimensional detailed drawings and fabrication details
Material specifications and material properties
Design analysis for pressure-retaining equipment
Individual BOP (annular and ram) details. This is to include manufacturer documentation
to specify and to attest BOP minimum and maximum capability with regard to:
vi)
30
Drill pipe size
Wire line, or
Tool joints
Combination of the above
Casing
Data and documentation to confirm the shear rams capability of shearing the various
tubulars (sizes, grades, strengths, etc.) under the specified design conditions
Prototype test data, as required by the design code
Manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
BOP stack assembly:
v)
BOP stack configuration with individual annular and ram preventer details. This is to
include the manufacturers documentation to specify and to attest BOP stack minimum
and maximum capability with regard to:
-
Drill pipe size
Wire line, or
Tool joints
Combination of the above
Casing
Risk assessment for BOP stack arrangement identifying ram and annular placements
and configurations
BOP stack assembly drawings for BOP systems showing:

-
Stack configuration showing all equipment
Structural frame details
Lift points/attachments
Arrangements showing accumulators, pods, valves, piping, connectors, jumper lines,

etc.
Design details and structural analysis for BOP structural frame and lifting attachments
Control system details:
Control panel and control equipment arrangements, showing locations on drilling unit
See 2/7.19, Control Systems
Pressure relief system: arrangements, size, materials, back pressure and capacity calculations,
as applicable
Section
vii)
Design details electrical systems and equipment:
viii)
Design details for pressure vessels, accumulators, cylinders:
ix)
See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components
Design details for flexible lines and hydraulic hoses:
7.3.2
See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment
Design details for piping, valves, and fittings:
x)
See 2/7.17, Electrical Systems and Equipment
See 2/7.25, Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses
xi)
xii)
Manufacturers affidavit of compliance (see 4/3.1.2)

i)
Design basis, including, as applicable:
Descriptions of the lower marine riser package system
Equipment technical specifications and data sheets
Load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions
Design analysis methodology for the lower marine riser package, including computer
modeling and computer program used
Design analysis methodology of lower marine riser package, including loading

parameters from global marine drilling riser analysis, computer modeling, and computer
program used
ii)
Design analysis of lower marine riser package mechanical-load bearing components (see
2/7.13) and pressure-retaining equipment (see 2/7.21), as applicable.
iii)
LMRP components and systems are typically integrated into the BOP system and equipment.
See 2/7.3.1 for applicable submittal requirements for the following items:
Equipment, component
Piping, valves, and fittings
Control system
Flexible lines and hydraulic hoses
Electrical systems
Pressure vessels, accumulators,

cylinders
iv)
Subsea control pods details, drawings and arrangements inclusive of component descriptions
v)
LMRP structural frame [see 2/7.3.1v)]
vi)
Material specifications, including material properties
vii)
viii)
ix)
31
Section
7.3.3
Choke and Kill Systems and Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical choke and kill systems and equipment are identified as follows, as applicable:
Choke and kill manifold and buffer

tanks
Chokes
Flexible choke and kill lines
Drape hoses
Jumper hoses, mud boost
Hydraulic hoses
Rigid choke and kill lines
Swivel joints
i)
Union connections
Drilling choke controls
Valves: check, flow, gate
Crosses and tees
Elbows and targeted flanges
Kill unit
Control system
Actuators: valves, drilling choke, or

production choke
Design basis:
Descriptions of the choke and kill systems and equipment and kill unit, including
design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max.)
Equipment arrangement details
ii)
Pressure relief equipment rating/capacity
iii)
Details of prime movers, such as diesel engines, motors, and generators, as applicable
iv)
Design details for pumps, including:
v)
Power rating and capacity
Temperature rating
Design details for mechanical load-bearing components:
vi)
vii)
Design details for rigid piping, valves, and fittings:
x)
Design details for manifolds, pressure vessels, and tanks:
ix)
viii)
See 2/7.13, Mechanical Load-Bearing Components
Design details for flexible lines:
32
xi)
xii)
xiii)

Section
7.3.4
Diverter Equipment
i)
(1 September 2012) Design basis:
ii)
Descriptions of the diverter system and equipment, including design parameters, pressure
rating, temperature rating (min/max)
iii)
iv)
v)
7.5
Design details for manifolds:
7.3.5
vi)
vii)
viii)

Typical auxiliary well control equipment includes kelly valves, drill pipe safety valves, IBOP, drill
string float valves, etc.
i)
Design details for valves, and fittings (see 2/7.23)
ii)
Manufacturing specifications, as applicable (see 2/7.27)
iii)
Marine Drilling Riser Systems (1 September 2012)

Typical marine drilling riser subsystems and components include the following:
Riser tensioning system and equipment
Pup joints
Riser recoil system
Buoyancy devices
Riser joints
Ball and flex joints
Riser couplings (connectors):

mechanical, hydraulic, etc.
Riser running equipment
Telescopic joints
Special equipment, including fill-up valves, mud

boost system, drag reducing devices
Submit the following documentation for the marine drilling riser system and/or its components, as applicable:
i)
Design basis, including, as applicable:
Descriptions of the marine drilling riser system and its components (telescopic joint, flexible
joint, connectors, etc.)
33
Section
Assumptions used in the global design analysis of the marine drilling riser system and design
analysis of its components
Design analysis methodology for the marine drilling riser system, including computer modeling
and computer program used
Design analysis methodology of marine drilling riser components, including loading parameters
from global marine drilling riser analysis, computer modeling, and computer program used
Support unit reports with information pertaining to any supporting units that affects the marine
drilling riser system. Reports to include unit response amplitude operators (RAOs), physical
layout of the drilling floor, derrick and pipe racks, and auxiliary lifting equipment.
ii)
Design analysis of marine drilling riser systems (global riser analysis)
iii)
Design analysis of marine drilling riser system associated components, as referenced
iv)
Installation analysis
v)
Riser and its components fabrication drawings
vi)
Material specifications, including material properties
vii)
viii)
Input data:
Riser configuration
Installation motion (RAO)
Riser joint properties
Components interface/interactions
Design pressure and loads
Boundary conditions/constraints
Load combinations (design,

environmental, operations,
fatigue, etc.)
Wall thickness selections
Corrosion allowance and tolerances
ix)
Analysis results and evaluations, including:
Maximum stress
Displacement/deflection
Stability and buckling
Fatigue and fracture analyses
Validation of results in accordance with design references
x)
See 3/5.7 of this Guide for additional details on marine drilling riser design requirements.
xi)
xii)
xiii)
Design details for control systems:
34
Design temperatures
(maximum, minimum)
Section
xiv)
7.6
xv)
xvi)
Conductor Tensioning System/Unit (1 September 2012)

Submit the following documentation for the conductor tensioning system/unit and its equipment and
components, as applicable:
i)
Schematics and P&IDs
ii)
Design basis:
Descriptions of the conductor tensioning system and associated equipment and components
Design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max)
Load capacity
iii)
Prototype test data, as required by the design code, as applicable
iv)
v)
vi)
ix)
viii)
vii)
Design details for flexible lines:
7.7
x)
xi)
Manufacturers affidavit of compliance, as applicable (see 4/3.1.2)
Drill String Compensation Systems

The drill string compensation system and equipment can be categorized as follows:
Active heave compensation (AHC)
Passive heave compensation (PHC)
35
Section
Submit the following documentation for the drill string compensation system and associated equipment, as
applicable:
i)
Schematics and P&IDs
ii)
Design basis:
Descriptions of the drill string compensation systems and associated equipment, inclusive of
fast and dead line compensation, as applicable
Design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max)
Load capacity
Design details of locking mechanism, mechanical and/or hydraulic
iii)
iv)
v)
Design details for electrical systems and equipment:
vi)
7.9
viii)
vii)
ix)
x)
Bulk Storage, Transfer, Conditioning, and Circulation Systems

The bulk storage, circulation and transfer system equipment can be categorized as follows:
Bulk storage and transfer equipment
Well circulation system and equipment
Cementing system and equipment
Mud-gas separator (poor boy),
Mud return system and equipment
Degasser
Mud conditioning equipment
Submit the following documentation for the bulk storage, circulation and transfer systems, as applicable:
36
i)
ii)
Design basis:
Descriptions of the bulk storage, circulation and transfer systems, and all associated equipment
(e.g., mud-gas separator, degasser, desilter, desanders, shale shakers, agitators, etc.)
Design parameters, pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max) and flow
simulation
Pressure relief philosophy
Design references, codes, and standards

Section
iii)
Pressure relief equipment rating/capacity
iv)
Details of prime movers, such as diesel engines, motors, and generators, as applicable
v)
(1 September 2012) Design details for pumps, including:
vi)
Pressure rating, power rating and capacity
Temperature rating
vii)
viii)
7.11
x)
ix)
xi)
xii)
Hoisting, Lifting, Tubular Handling Systems (1 September 2012)

Submit the following documentation for the hoisting, lifting, and tubular (riser, pipe) handling systems, as
applicable:
7.11.1 Derrick Structure
i)
Design basis for the derrick structure, including:
Descriptions of the derrick structure and associated components
Equipment technical specifications
Assumptions used in the design analysis of the derrick structure and associated
components
Design conditions, including:

-
Environmental
Temperature, min/max
Operating
Field transit
Static
Ocean transit
Storm survival
Lifting, if applicable
Waiting on weather
Supporting structure deflection
Combined load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions
The center of rotation (floating condition) specified in terms of the vertical and horizontal
distances between the derrick base and the center of flotation of the vessel/unit
Design analysis methodology for the derrick structure and associated components,
and component analyses including computer modeling and computer program used
37
Section
Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components and
bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable
Corrosion control plans
Rigging arrangement
ii)
Identification of the host vessel/unit for the derrick
iii)
Descriptions of all computer programs, analysis methodologies and limits, and other
calculation procedures that will form the basis of the structural design and analysis
iv)
Structural analysis report:
v)
38
Design load development and computer input for all design conditions
Computer model geometry plots (group IDs, joint numbers, members and lengths, critical
unity checks)
Allowable stresses
Computer stress analysis
Computer output; support reactions, unity stress checks
Justifications for any stress exceeding the stated allowable stress
Derrick bolt design and torque procedures by manufacturer
Attachment locations for other equipment (e.g., drill string compensation, tubulars
handling, blowers, air reservoir, accumulator, tugger winches, ancillary equipment, etc.)
Supplemental calculations:
-
Sheave shaft strength (including shafts for cluster, fastline, and deadline sheaves)
Crown frame and Water table beams (or Top beams)
Maximum allowable crown weight and CG to determine suitability for crown

mounted compensator
Bolting designs for base plates and splice plates
Strength of welded joints
Platforms or sub-structure, as applicable
Padeyes, as applicable
Structural drawings:
General arrangement drawings
Derrick assembly drawings
Crown block assembly drawings
Water table assembly drawings
Geometry layout drawing; showing overall dimensions of derrick and indicating the
size of each member
Section
Detailed drawings of the main structural elements of the derrick, crown frame, and
water table beams, including:
-
Details and sizes for main structural elements
Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components

and bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable
Bolt connections and tightening procedures
Welding details and other methods of connection
Base plate, anchor bolt plan and bolting procedures
Bolts sheet
vi)
vii)
7.11.2 Cranes and Lifting Appliances

i)
Design basis for the cranes (gantry or pedestal), including:
Descriptions of the crane structures and associated components
Equipment technical specifications
Load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions or combination thereof:
-
Dead, live and dynamic loads, including loads due to list and/or trim of the drilling
unit, as applicable
Environmental loads including the effects of wind, sea state, snow and ice
ii)
General arrangement, assembly plans and description of operating procedures and design
service temperature
iii)
Details of the principal structural parts and crane supporting structure
iv)
Stress diagram, stress analysis and other supporting calculations, suitably referenced. Where
computer analysis is used for the determination of scantlings, details of the programs
describing input and output data and procedures are to be included together with the basic
design criteria.
v)
Expected duty cycle in frequency of use and percentage of load
vi)
Wire rope specifications
vii)
Material specifications including material properties
viii)
Welding details and procedures and a plan indicating extent and locations of nondestructive
inspection of welds for crane structure and foundation
ix)
Crane capacity rating chart
x)
xi)
xii)
xiii)
39
Section
7.11.3 Tubulars Handling

i)
Design basis for the tubulars handling system:
Description of system
Design references, codes, or standards
Design conditions:
Environmental
Survival
Operating
Static
Load and temperature rating
Rotating equipment power rating
ii)
General arrangement drawings showing locations of all equipment
iii)
Assembly and equipment drawings
iv)
Structural analysis report
v)
Dimensional detailed drawings
vi)
Prototype test data, if required by the design code
vii)
viii)
ix)
See 2/7.19, Control System, as applicable
x)
xi)
xii)
7.11.4 Other Load-bearing Equipment

i)
Load-bearing equipment, and associated support structural may include, but is not limited to,
BOP handling crane, BOP transporter/skidder, drawworks, crown block, traveling block,
top drive, hook and rotary swivel, power swivel, pipe, rackers/manipulator systems, stabbing
board, racking platforms, man-riding elevators, winches, wire lines/ropes, cranes and other
lifting devices.
ii)
Design details for mechanical load-bearing equipment:
iii)
iv)
Design details for control systems, as applicable:
40
See 2/7.13, Mechanical Load-Bearing Equipment
v)
vi)

Section
7.13
Mechanical Load-Bearing Equipment (1 September 2012)

Unless required otherwise in 2/7.3 through 2/7.11, the following documentation for mechanical load-bearing
components is to be submitted for ABS review, as applicable.
See Section 4, Table 1, Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment for ABS approval requirements.
i)
Design specifications, including design codes, standards, and references
ii)
Design parameters: loads, temperature, environmental conditions, etc.
iii)
Design analysis and/or calculations, as applicable
iv)
Dimensional drawings and fabrication details
v)
vi)
Prototype test data, if required by the design code
vii)
viii)
Design details for control systems, as applicable:
7.15

ix)
x)
Well Testing System

Well test systems may include well control equipment, process pressure vessels and separators, piping and
electrical components, control systems, burners, gas flares, burner/flare booms, heat exchangers, transfer
pumps and electric submersible pumps
7.15.1 Well Testing System and Equipment
i)
Design basis:
ii)
Descriptions of the well testing system, and well test equipment
General arrangement drawings showing locations of all equipment
Design parameters: pressure rating, temperature rating (min/max)
Gas dispersion and flare/heat radiation analyses
Shutdown logic
Well Test equipment:
Well test assembly drawings, including tree arrangements
Design parameters: pressure rating, temperature rating (min/max), loads, maximum

water depth, etc.
Design analysis to justify safety factor
Structural design analysis for skid mounted equipment
Dimensional detailed drawings and fabrication details
41
Section
iii)
Control system design details:
iv)
See 2/7.19, Control System
7.15.2 Burner/Flare Booms

Submit the following documentation for the burner/flare boom:
i)
Descriptions of the burner flare boom and associated components
Equipment list
Assumptions used in the design analysis of the burner flare boom structure and associated
components
Design conditions, including:

-
Environmental
Survival
Operating
Combined load cases and limit states for all design and operating conditions
Plans showing intended location of the boom on the installation
Design analysis methodology for the burner flare boom structure and associated
components, and component analyses including computer modeling and computer
program used
Design temperature (maximum, minimum)
Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components and
bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable
ii)
Descriptions of all computer programs, analysis methodologies and limits, and other
calculation procedures that will form the basis of the structural design and analysis
iii)
Structural analysis report:
iv)
42
Design basis for the burner/flare boom, including:
Design load development and computer input for all design conditions
Computer model geometry plots (group IDs, joint numbers, members and lengths, critical
unity checks)
Allowable stresses
Computer stress analysis
Computer output: support reactions, unity stress checks
Justifications for any stress exceeding the stated allowable stress, as applicable
Structural drawings:
General arrangement drawings
Burner Flare Boom assembly drawings
Geometry layout drawing; showing overall dimensions of burner flare boom and
indicating the size of each member
Section
Detail drawings of the main structural elements of the burner flare boom, including:
-
Details and sizes for main structural elements
Material specifications and material properties for all load-bearing components

and bolts (if bolted design), including CVN testing requirements, as applicable
Bolt connections and tightening procedures
Welding details and other methods of connection
Base plate and anchor bolt plan
Bolts sheet
7.15.3 Pressure-Retaining Equipment

See 2/7.21, Pressure-Retaining Equipment.
7.15.4 Piping System
See 2/7.23, Piping Systems and Piping Components.
7.15.5 Pressure Relief Equipment
Submit capacity calculations, sizes, arrangements, and material specifications for the pressure relief
valves and depressurization systems.
7.15.6 Manufacturing Specifications
See 2/7.27, Manufacturing Specifications.
7.15.7 Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance
See 4/3.1.2, Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance.
7.17

Design plans and data are to be submitted for electrical systems and equipment in accordance with 4-3-1/5,
4-3-2/1, 4-3-3/1 and 4-3-4/1 of the ABS MODU Rules. See Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
7.19
Control Systems
The following control system plans and data are to be submitted for design review, as applicable:
i)
Arrangement plans showing location of units controlled, instrumentation and control devices
ii)
Design basis and specifications for control and instrumentation equipment
iii)
Set points for control system components
iv)
Control system operating and maintenance manuals
v)
(1 September 2012) Control system details:
Details on hierarchy of controls: primary, secondary, emergency, etc., as applicable
Details and description of interconnections between control systems
Primary power source and emergency power source details, as applicable
Volumetric capacity calculations for the accumulator systems, primary and secondary (as
applicable)
Hydraulic power unit (HPU) details/arrangements:
Pump system details and arrangements
Prime mover details
Reservoir capacity and arrangements
Hydraulic, pneumatic, and electrical schematics
43
Section
7.21
Pressure relief system: Arrangements, size, materials, back pressure and capacity calculations,
as applicable
vi)
(1 September 2012) FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis for control systems as defined in Subsection
3/15 for system, subsystem, and equipment (see 2/5.9)
vii)
Documentation in accordance with the recognized industry standard is to be submitted for review
to justify the safety integrity levels, when applicable [see 3/15.5.2(c)].
viii)
Calculations for control systems demonstrating the systems ability to react adequately to anticipated
occurrences, including transients
ix)
Arrangements and details of control consoles/panels, including front views, installation arrangements
together with schematic plans and logic description for all power, control and monitoring systems,
including their functions
x)
Type and size of all electrical cables and wiring associated with the control systems, including
voltage rating, service voltage and currents, together with overload and short-circuit protection
xi)
Schematic plans and logic description of hydraulic and pneumatic control systems together with all
interconnections, piping sizes and materials, including working pressures and relief-valve settings
xii)
Description of all alarm and emergency tripping arrangements and functional sketches or description of
all special valves, actuators, sensors and relays
xiii)
Shutdown logic and/or shutdown cause and effect charts
xiv)
(1 September 2012) Hydrocarbon and sour gas detection system plans and data, including detectors,
piping, set points, type of detectors, and location of alarm panels, and recalibration program for
gas detectors
Pressure-Retaining Equipment
Unless required otherwise in 2/7.3 through 2/7.11, the following documentation for pressure-retaining
equipment is to be submitted for ABS review and approval, as applicable:
i)
Design specifications, including design codes, standards, and references
ii)
Design parameters: pressure rating (internal/external), temperature rating (min/max), loads, etc.
iii)
Design analysis and/or calculations, as applicable
iv)
Dimensional drawings and fabrication details
v)
vi)
Details for manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
vii)
7.23
Piping Systems and Piping Components

Design documentation is to be submitted for review and is to include the following information, as applicable:
i)
44
Piping Systems:
P&IDs for piping systems associated with drilling systems or subsystems
Piping specifications, including material specifications
Design parameters: pressure, temperature rating (min/max)
Pipe stress and flexibility analyses, including design verification of erosional allowance due to
fluid velocity
Section
ii)
Piping components are considered, but not limited to, pipes, valves, hoses, fittings, flanges, bolts,
etc. Piping component design specifications to include the following information in accordance
with piping standard rating, as applicable:
Technical specifications
Design pressure (internal/external) and/or pressure rating
Design temperature (min/max)
Fluid medium (specifically note if piping standard rating is for sour service)
Design code and standards
Corrosion/erosion allowances
Wall thickness for each line size
Material specifications including material properties
Details for manufacturing specifications (see 2/7.27)
7.25
7.27
Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses

Flexible lines and hydraulic hoses documentation is to include, as applicable:
i)
Pressure (internal/external) and temperature (min/max) ratings
ii)
Construction materials details/material specifications
iii)
Design analysis
iv)
Prototype testing procedures and data, as required by design code
v)
End connections and termination details, as applicable:
Stress analysis
Material specifications
Prototype testing procedures and data
vi)
vii)
Manufacturing Specifications (1 September 2012)

Manufacturing plans and/or fabrication details are to include, but not limited to, as applicable:
i)
Quality plan and specifications
ii)
WPSs and PQRs and weld maps
iii)
NDE procedures and maps
iv)
Detailed Inspection and Test Plans (ITPs), including associated test procedures for system, subsystem,
equipment or component, as outlined in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide, as applicable during:
Manufacturing
Installation
Commissioning
In-service
45
Section
46
v)
Galvanizing procedures, as applicable
vi)
Installation, and Commissioning plans and procedures
vii)
Maintenance and Operating manuals
Section 3: Drilling Systems
SECTION
Drilling Systems

Drilling systems consist of multiple subsystems simultaneously operating to bore a hole on the subsea floor.
Drilling systems typically consist of the following systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components:
Drilling Systems
Drilling Support
Well Control
Blowout Preventers (BOP)
(LMRP)
Marine Drilling Risers
Diverter System
Choke & Kill Systems
Well Circulation (HP)
Auxiliary Well Control
Equipment
Secondary Well Control
Systems
- Acoustic
- ROV Interface
Emergency Well Control
Systems
- Deadman
- Autoshear
- Emergency Disconnect
System (EDS)
Derrick/Mast
Mud Conditioning/Return
Cementing
Conductor Tension System/Unit
Drill String Compensators
Riser Tensioning
Hoisting Equipment
Lifting/Cranes
Pipe/Riser/BOP Handling
Rotary Equipment
Hydraulic Power Units (HPUs)
Well Test
Hydrocarbon Disposal
- Burner
- Flare Boom
Support
Storage
- BOP, LMRP, Xmas-tree, etc.
- Bulk Materials and Transfer
- Risers
- Tubulars
- Fluids
Nitrogen Generation and
Charging
Hydraulic and Pneumatic
Systems and Equipment
Utilities ans Instrument Air
Chemical Injection Unit
Sea Water
This Guide provides detailed procedures for ABS approval of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment,
and/or components for Classification of a drilling system. The term Classification, in this document, indicates
that a drilling system and its equipment have been designed, constructed, tested, installed and surveyed in
compliance with relevant ABS Rules, Guides, this Guide or other recognized standards.
The following is to be considered in ABS Classification of Drilling Systems:
i)
The drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to be designed and manufactured
in compliance with the recognized codes and standards, as listed in Appendix 1, and the additional
requirements specified in this Guide.
ii)
Where a certain aspect of the design is not in compliance with the recognized code, standard or the
requirements of this Guide, the specific variations are to be advised and justified and will be
specially considered by ABS in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, on a case-by-case basis.
iii)
ABS approval requirements for typical drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components
are outlined in Subsection 4/1 and Section 4, Table 1, Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and
Equipment of this Guide.
47
Section
Drilling Systems
Well Control System

(1 September 2012) The well control systems and associated subsystems and equipment are categorized as
follows:
Secondary Well Control Systems
Blowout Preventers (BOP)
Acoustic
Marine Drilling Risers
ROV Interface
Diverter System
Deadman
Autoshear
Emergency Disconnect System (EDS)
Control Systems
Emergency Well Control Systems:
The well control systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components are to be in compliance with the
following API standards and the additional requirements of this Guide:
Blowout Preventer (BOP) System and Equipment
API Spec 16A, Spec 16D

API RP 53, RP 59
API Spec 16A, Spec 16D, Spec 16F, Spec 16R

API RP 16Q
Choke and Kill System and Equipment
API Spec 6A, Spec 16C, Spec 16F

API RP 53, RP 59
Diverter System and Equipment
API Spec 6A, Spec 16D

API RP 53, RP 64
Marine Drilling Riser System
API Spec 16A, Spec 16F, Spec 16R

API RP 2RD, API RP 16Q, API Bull. 16J
API Spec 7-1, Spec 16A

API RP 53
Mud Circulation System and Equipment
See Subsection 3/9
BOP Stack Structural Frame
API RP 2A WSD
AISC
FMEA/FMECA or similar analysis for major systems, subsystems, equipment or components, and integrated
systems.
3.1
Blowout Preventer System and Equipment

Typical components of the BOP system and equipment would include ram and annular type BOPs, BOP stack
structural frame, accumulators, connectors, clamps, drilling spools, spacer spools, control systems/consoles/
panels, control pods, umbilical, flexible/jumper lines (choke, kill, mud booster and hydraulic), hydraulic hoses,
MUX (multiplex), cable reels, rigid piping, hydraulic power units, manifold, ROV interface, test stump and
testing equipment.
3.1.1
Blowout Preventer Stack Configuration (1 September 2012)

i)
BOP stack configurations are to be in general agreement with API RP 53, applicable national
regulations and the additional requirements as listed below.
ii)
48
A documented risk assessment is to be performed by the equipment owner/operator for all

classes of BOP arrangements to identify ram placements and configurations, including
annular and tubular(s), for well control management.
Section
Drilling Systems
iii)
As a minimum, the BOP stack is to consist of the following preventers:
One (1) annular preventer
One (1) blind-shear ram preventer
Two (2) pipe ram preventers
Two (2) shear rams for moored or dynamically-positioned units, one being a blindshear ram and the other to be a casing shear
All ram preventers are to be provided with locking devices
iv)
The BOP stack configuration is to be able to close BOPs on all sizes of drill pipe, drill
collars and casing that may be used within a drilling program.
v)
The ram-type BOP positions and outlet arrangements on subsea BOP stacks are to provide
reliable means to handle potential well control events. Specifically for floating operations,
the arrangement is to provide means to:
Close in on the drill string, casing or liner and allow circulation
Close and seal on open hole and allow volumetric well control operations
Strip the drill string using the annular BOP(s)
Hang off the drill pipe on a ram-type BOP and control the wellbore
Shear logging cable or the drill pipe and seal the wellbore
Disconnect the riser from the BOP stack
Circulate across the BOP stack to remove trapped gas
vi)
Systems of valves complying with the requirements of 3/3.5 are to be provided.
vii)
For subsea BOP, the use of drilling spools is not recommended in order to reduce the overall
height of the subsea BOP stack arrangements.
viii)
Spacer spools can be used to provide separation between two (2) drill-through components
with equal-sized end connections (nominal size designation and pressure rating). If installed,
spacer spools for BOP stacks are to meet the following minimum specifications:
ix)
x)
Have a vertical bore diameter the same internal diameter as the mating equipment
Have a rated working pressure equal to the rated working pressure of the mating
equipment
Are not to have any penetrations capable of exposing the wellbore to the environment,
without dual isolation capabilities
The BOP equipment is to be designed for the specific drilling envelope, and suitable for
the intended facility. The BOP manufacturer is to specify and to attest to BOP stack minimum
and maximum capability with regard to the following, including shearing and pressuretemperature capabilities:
Tubulars
Pressure
Wire lines
Temperature
Water depth
The BOP structural frame and lifting attachments are to be designed considering applicable
loads as specified in 2/5.7 of this Guide and in accordance with the requirements of API
RP 2A-WSD or other recognized standards. Allowable stresses are to be in accordance
with design standards and/or AISC.
49
Section
3.1.2
Drilling Systems
Control Systems for Blowout Preventers Surface and Subsea (1 September 2012)
i)
The control systems and components (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, etc.)
are to comply with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide and are to be in compliance with API
Spec 16D and API RP 53.
ii)
Calculations are to demonstrate compliance with the standards referenced above for the
hydraulic fluids volumetric capacity of the accumulator system, pump system and reservoir
capacity, including the rapid discharge systems.
iii)
Well control systems and components are to comply with the functional requirements of API
RP 53, and this is to include response time, pump system sizing, arrangements, and charging
of accumulator systems.
iv)
Arrangements and installation of well control systems, subsystem, equipment and/or

components are to incorporate the layout objectives as specified in 2/1.3 of this Guide to
maintain operational capability of well control.
3.1.2(a) Well Control Panels

i)
As a minimum, two (2) full-functioning well control panels are to be provided:
One (1) well control panel is to be at the drillers station or cabin and where it is protected
from drilling activities.
A second well control panel is to be located in a nonhazardous area, as defined in the

ABS MODU Rules (see 4-3-5/7.1), API RP 500 or API RP 505, without having to cross
the drill floor or cellar deck, and is to be arranged for easy access in case of emergency.
ii)
Well control panels are to be accessible and functional at all times.
iii)
Well control panels are to be mutually independent (i.e., directly connected to the control
system, and not connected in series).
iv)
For the subsea BOP stack, adequate measures are to be provided to prevent accidental
unlatching of the wellhead connector until the well is secure, such as two-hand function,
two-step action, protective cover or equivalent.
v)
Shear ram functions are to be two-hand function, two-step action, protective cover or
equivalent.
vi)
The well control panels are to include controls for at least, but not limited to:
Close or open of all rams, annular preventers, and choke and kill valves on BOP stack
Diverter operations
Disconnect of riser connector (floating installations)
Emergency disconnect (DP units)
Mechanical locking of rams, as applicable
3.1.2(b) Hydraulic Fluid Capacity and System for BOP Stack. For a subsea or surface BOP
stack, stored energy using hydraulic fluids and accumulators are to be provided with required
capacity, volume and pressure, calculated in accordance with API Spec 16D for specified closing
and shearing functions, and demonstration of adequate functional capacity in accordance with API
RP 53, and the requirements of this Guide.
i)
50
The minimum precharge pressure for the BOP system is to be determined based on the
following in accordance with API Spec 16D and API RP 53, as applicable:
BOP stack configuration and

minimum required operator pressure
MASP and BOP rated working

pressure
Water depth
Hydraulic fluid properties
Local regulations
Operational sequence
Section
Drilling Systems
ii)
The required hydraulic fluid capacity is to be calculated in accordance with API Spec 16D
to perform the following functions:
a)
b)
Subsea BOP stack:

1)
To close and open one (1) largest volume annular-type preventer from
full-open position
2)
To close and open four (4) largest ram-type preventers from full-open
position
3)
To open valve(s) on BOP stack for one (1) flow path
4)
To close all ram locking devices, as applicable
Surface BOP stack:

1)
To close one (1) largest volume annular-type preventer from full-open

position
2)
To close four (4) largest ram-type preventers from full-open position
3)
To open valve(s) on BOP stack for one (1) flow path
iii)
The calculations for the precharge pressure [3/3.1.2(b)i)] and hydraulic fluid capacity
[3/3.1.2(b)ii)] are to consider the operational sequence during well control to provide
sufficient hydraulic pressure and fluids for the shearing operation for the specified operational
sequence and without pumps being operative.
iv)
When stripping accumulators are installed on BOP stack, subsea or surface, additional
hydraulic fluids volumes are to be provided in addition to 3/3.1.2(b)ii) of this Guide. The
additional hydraulic fluids required are to be based on the BOP hydraulic operator rated
working pressure, and the minimum specified precharge pressure of the stripping
accumulators.
v)
For hydraulic fluid drawdown tests, the system is to have sufficient usable fluid volume
as required by API RP 53 to demonstrate the following:
a)
To perform all functions specified in 3/3.1.2(b)ii) of this Guide for subsea or surface
BOP stack, respectively, against zero wellbore pressure while pumps are inoperative.
b)
The remaining pressure after completion of 3/3.1.2(b)ii) of this Guide for subsea
or surface BOP stack, respectively, is to be 1.38 MPa (200 psi) or greater, above the
minimum precharge pressure.
3.1.2(c) Secondary and Emergency Well Control Systems. Secondary and emergency well control
systems, such as acoustic (if installed), deadman and autoshear systems, are to be provided for DP
or moored units with dedicated rapid discharge system with dedicated subsea accumulator unit.
The main hydraulic supply for the secondary and emergency well control systems can be powered
by a shared dedicated subsea accumulator unit.
The accumulator capacity, volume and pressure, is to be calculated in accordance with API Spec
16D and is to consider all applicable closing sequences to shut in the well.
i)
ii)
Floating installations or dynamically-positioned units require the following independent

emergency well control systems and safety features. These systems are to be designed in
accordance with API Spec 16D:
Deadman System
Autoshear System
Acoustic control system, if provided on drilling unit, is to be designed in accordance with

API Spec 16D. The acoustic control is to be a portable control unit, which can be handled
by one person, and is to be available for the closing of the BOPs in the event of evacuation
from the facility.
51
Section
Drilling Systems
iii)
3.1.3
Subsea BOP stack is to be equipped with ROV intervention equipment and control systems,
and is to be provided with the following provisions:
a)
ROV intervention equipment which at a minimum allows the closing of one set
of pipe ram, closing of one each blind-shear rams, and unlatching of the LMRP.
These functions are to operate independently of the primary BOP control system.
b)
ROV interface and/or receptacles are to be in accordance with ANSI/API RP 17H.
Blowout Preventer Equipment

3.1.3(a) Design Requirements
i)
(1 September 2012) Surface and subsea, ram and annular blowout preventers, including
workover and well servicing BOPs, ram blocks, annular packing units, valves, wellhead
connectors, drilling spools, adapter spools and clamps are to be designed, fabricated and
tested by the respective manufacturers for compliance with API Spec 6A, Spec 16A, and
the additional requirements of this Guide.
ii)
Hydraulically-operated wellhead, riser and choke and kill line connectors are to have
redundant mechanisms for unlock and disconnect.
iii)
The secondary unlock and disconnect mechanism may be hydraulic or mechanical, but
must operate independently of the primary unlocking and disconnect mechanism.
iv)
In addition to the design conditions/loads listed in 2/5.7 of this Guide, the design of preventers
is to consider the following loads, as applicable:
v)
The weight of a specified length of drill string suspended in the pipe ram preventer
Loads induced from the marine drilling riser
On fixed units, if the tool joints cannot be sheared, the following is to be considered:
Two (2) shear rams must be installed as for DP units, or
Lifting or lowering of main hoisting system is to be possible in all operational conditions,

including emergency operation. The main hoisting system is to be included in the
emergency power source.
vi)
The blind-shear rams are to be capable to seal after shearing operation.
vii)
(1 September 2012) The shear rams are to be capable of shearing the largest section and
highest-grade of tubulars (drill pipe, casing, wireline, etc.), as applicable, in accordance
with API Spec 16A, and API RP 53, as applicable, or the specified drilling program.
viii)
(1 September 2012) The shearing capacity calculations for the shear rams are to consider
the following, simultaneously, as applicable:
MASP (surface) and/or well head

pressure (subsea)
Forces to shear highest-grade of

tubulars
Rated working pressure of BOP
Frictional force
Shearing ratio
Shear test data (historical and/or project specific) to justify and validate shear capacity
calculation are to be submitted.
ix)
52
The annular, pipe and blind ram BOP operator design pressure is to consider the following,
simultaneously, as applicable:
MASP (surface) and/or well head pressure (subsea)
Rated working pressure of BOP
Frictional force
Section
Drilling Systems
x)
Procedures to test preventers during manufacturing and on-site are to be developed and
submitted for ABS review.
xi)
For subsea BOP and associated components such as valves, control system components,
sealing components, elastomeric components, etc., are to be designed with consideration
to marine conditions and external pressure gradient due to rated water depth.
xii)
All nonmetallic materials are to be suitable for the intended service conditions, such as
temperature and fluid compatibility.
xiii)
Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
xiv)
Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.
3.1.3(b) Operations/Maintenance Manuals.
3.3
i)
Blowout preventer manufacturers are to provide the Owner/Operator with product operations
and maintenance manuals to assist in the safe operation of each assembly on each installation.
ii)
The manufacturers recommended maintenance schedules are to be available for each

component of the assembly. These schedules are to prescribe maintenance routines.

Typical components of the lower marine riser package, including connectors, flex joints, and adapter spools
are to be designed, fabricated, and tested by the respective manufacturers for compliance with API Spec
16F, API Spec 16R and API RP 16Q and the additional requirements of this Guide.
The LMRP package typically includes an annular BOP that is to be designed, fabricated, and tested in
accordance with 3/3.1 of this Guide, API Spec 16A, API Spec 16D and API RP 53, and the additional
requirements of this Guide.
i)
ii)
Lower marine riser package disconnect arrangements are to be designed for all possible operating
and loading conditions. The loading conditions of the LMRP are to consider, but not limited to,
the following:
Riser angle min/max
External pressure due to static head
Side loads
Internal pressure
Bending loads
Top tension min/max
Currents
The LMRP design is to consider the induced loads as defined in API Spec 16F and API RP 16Q,
as a minimum, for the following modes:
Installation
Storage and maintenance
Drilling
Hang-off
Retrieval
Drifting
iii)
(1 September 2012) For dynamically-positioned floating units, an emergency disconnect system

(EDS) is to be provided.
iv)
(1 September 2012) The emergency disconnect is to initiate and complete disconnection in correct
sequence. A typical emergency disconnect sequence would be:
v)
Blind-shear
Close well
Disconnect LMRP
LMRP and associated components, such as valves, control system components, sealing components,
elastomeric components, etc., are to be designed with consideration to marine conditions and external
pressure gradient due to rated water depth.
53
Section
vi)
vii)
3.5
Drilling Systems
Adapter spools for BOP stacks are to meet the following minimum specifications:
Have a minimum vertical bore diameter equal to the internal diameter of the mating equipment
Have a rated working pressure equal to the lowest rated end connection of the mating equipment
LMRP structural frame and lifting attachments are to be designed with consideration to all applicable
loading conditions. The applicable structural design code and standard, including loading conditions,
are provided in 3/3.1.1x) of this Guide.
Choke and Kill Systems and Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the choke and kill system and equipment would include the choke and kill manifolds,
including their chokes, spools, flanges and valves, choke and kill lines, connectors and flexible lines (drape
hoses at moonpool area and jumper lines at LMRP), BOP stack fail-close valves, kill unit, connecting
piping from the kill unit and/or cementing unit and drilling fluid manifold to the choke manifold, buffer
tanks and control systems.
Choke and kill systems, manifolds, arrangements, and associated components are to be in compliance with
the applicable codes and standards (API Spec 6A, API Spec 16C, API Spec 16F, API RP 53) and the
additional requirements of this Guide.
Alternatively, other recognized standards may be used when agreed to by ABS. When alternate codes or
standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to demonstrate an equivalent level of safety
to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
Piping, flexible lines and hydraulic hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide, and the
standards listed above.
Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide, and the standards listed above.
Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable, and the standards listed
above.
3.5.1
54
Choke and Kill Lines and Flexibles

i)
Choke and kill lines from the BOP stack to the choke manifold are to be equipped with
two (2) valves each installed on the BOP stack.
For surface BOP stacks, one of these two valves is to be arranged for remote hydraulic
operation.
For subsea BOP stacks, these two valves are to be arranged for remote hydraulic
operation.
Hydraulically-operated valves are to be fail-close valves to seal upon failure of the

control system pressure.
ii)
The design pressure of the pipes, valves, flexible lines, connectors, fittings, and the choke
manifolds from the BOP stack to the isolation valve downstream of the choke is to be the
same as that of the ram-type BOPs or greater.
iii)
For subsea BOP stack, the line connected to the lowermost outlet of the BOP is to be
designated as the kill line. Placement of this outlet is to be below the lowermost well
control pipe ram.
iv)
For surface BOP stack, a documented risk assessment is to be performed to determine the
type and placement of valves (hydraulic, manual, and/or check) for the designated kill
line. This is to be submitted for ABS review and approval.
v)
One (1) choke line and one (1) kill line connection is to be located above the lower most
ram BOP.
Section
Drilling Systems
vi)
vii)
The choke line that connects the BOP stack to the choke manifold and lines downstream of
the choke are to:
Be as straight as practicable; turns, if required, are to be targeted
Be firmly anchored to prevent excessive dynamic effect of fluid flow and the impact
of drilling solids and/or vibration
Supports and fasteners located at points where piping changes direction are to be
capable of restraining pipe deflection in all operating conditions
Have bore of sufficient size to prevent excessive erosion or fluid friction due to velocity
For flexible lines, the requirements contained in 5/3.7 of this Guide are applicable.
3.5.2
3.5.3
End connectors are to be in accordance with the applicable parts of Section 5 of this
Guide.
Components of Choke and Kill

i)
For rated working pressure of 20.7 MPa (3000 psi) and above, only flanged, welded or
clamped connections, and rated hammer unions are to be used. See Section 5 of this Guide
for additional piping component requirements.
ii)
For choke end connections, only flanged, welded or clamped connections, and rated hammer
unions are to be used, regardless of rated working pressure.
iii)
For rated working pressure less than 69 MPa (10000 psi), the minimum size for the choke
lines is to be 50.8 mm (2.0 in.) nominal diameter.
iv)
For rated working pressure of 69 MPa (10000 psi) and higher, the minimum size for the
choke lines is to be 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) nominal diameter.
v)
For drilling of HPHT wells, gas wells and other drilling operations where high volume air
or gas may be expected, the minimum internal diameter for valves and pipes downstream
of the last HP valve (isolation valve downstream, next to the choke) is to be 101.6 mm
(4.0 in.) internal diameter.
vi)
Minimum size for vent lines downstream of the choke is to be at least the same internal
diameter as for the chokes end connections.
vii)
When buffer tanks are utilized, provisions are to be made to isolate a failure or malfunction
without interrupting flow control.
viii)
All choke manifold valves subject to erosion from well control are to be full-opening and
designed to operate in high pressure gas and abrasive fluid service.
Arrangement of Choke Manifold

i)
The choke and kill manifold assembly is to include the following:
a)
The choke manifold is to be designed for a minimum of three (3) chokes, of

which at least one (1) is remotely controlled and one (1) is manual.
b)
Any one of the chokes is to be capable of being isolated and replaced while the
manifold is in use.
c)
Choke and kill manifold is to permit pumping or flowing through either choke or
kill line.
d)
For subsea BOP, the arrangement is to allow circulation through all chokes through
either choke or kill line, without interference from pumping through the other
line.
e)
A remotely controlled adjustable choke and a manual choke system to permit

control through either the choke or kill line.
f)
Tie-ins to both drilling fluid and cement unit pump systems.
55
Section
Drilling Systems
ii)
The manifolds downstream of the choke are to be designed to minimize erosion or abrasion
from high velocity flow, by avoiding sharp bends. If 90 degree cannot be avoided, these
should be buffered by targeted flanges.
iii)
Each of the manifolds inlet and outlet lines is to be fitted with an isolation valve with the
pressure-temperature rating as the choke inlet and outlet accordingly.
iv)
The choke manifold is to have an alternate discharge outlet:

a)
To avoid a single failure, blockage or washout impairing the manifold operation
b)
To permit flow to a mud-gas separator, to well test facilities/flare boom and

emergency discharge overboard
v)
The routing downstream of the chokes to mud-gas separator or discharge overboard are to be
provided with an alternate path for redundancy so that eroded, plugged, or malfunctioning
parts can be isolated without interrupting flow.
vi)
In the event the capacity of the mud-gas separator is exceeded, the choke manifold is to
have the capability to divert flow to alternate locations for emergency discharge, such as
flare or discharge overboard (port and starboard), as applicable.
The minimum internal diameter for such routing downstream of the isolation valve is to be
127 mm (5.0 in.) internal diameter.
3.5.4
vii)
The bleed line (bypassing the chokes), if installed, is to be at least equal to or greater than
the internal diameter to the choke line.
viii)
The Joule-Thompson effects are to be considered in the design and material selections of
choke and kill manifold and downstream piping and associated components.
Mud-Gas Separator (Poor Boy)

i)
Mud-gas separator is to be designed and manufactured in accordance with ASME Section
VIII Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
ii)
Mud-gas separator is to be vented to the atmosphere through the vent line.
iii)
Pressure relief valve or rupture disc is not considered necessary as the mud-gas separator is
vented to the atmosphere.
iv)
Vent line is to be provided without any restriction.
v)
Precautions are to be taken to prevent erosion at the point the drilling fluid and gas flow
impinges on the vessel wall.
vi)
Design pressure of the mud-gas separator is to be determined by the vent line being filled
with mud at 2.2 SG, or the specified maximum mud weight.
vii)
The vent line is to be sized and designed to minimize backpressure in order to assist with
separation of gas from the mud. As a minimum, the following guidelines are to be considered
for the design of the vent line:
The maximum design backpressure in the vent line is to allow for the maximum
specified gas flow without gas breaking through the mud outlet liquid seal with the
design mud/condensate weight of 0.6 SG
Heavier design mud/condensate S.G can be used with technical justifications in

accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide with Owner/Operators approval.
-
viii)
56
Where heavier design mud is used, continuous injection of the heavy mud into
the liquid seal is required.
Mud-gas separator is to be provided with a high level sensor (LSH) or equivalent for
notification of re-routing of flow from choke to overboard or alternate route. Alternate
arrangements for the LSH sensor will be specially considered by ABS.
Section
Drilling Systems
ix)
x)
3.5.5
3.5.6
Mud-gas separator is to be equipped with provisions to prevent gas blow-by to the mud
condition equipment downstream of the mud-gas separator and for the notification of manual
or automatic re-routing of flow from choke for overboard discharge or to stop the flow.
These provisions are to be achieved by:
a)
Pressure and temperature monitoring, and
b)
Passive liquid seal:

1)
Liquid seal is to be a minimum of 3 meters (9.84 ft) for general purpose

drilling operations.
2)
For HPHT operations, the liquid seal is to be a minimum 6 meters (19.69 ft).
Provisions are to be provided for monitoring of liquid seals by:

a)
Measuring the differential pressure at the liquid seal, or
b)
Monitoring the mud-gas separator with a low-level sensor (LSL) or equivalent

for notifications to rig personnel to take corrective action to prevent gas blow-by.
xi)
Mud-gas separator and liquid seal is to be equipped for easy clean out and drain at lowest
point. Drain line is to slope downward to prevent backflow.
xii)
Sizing of the mud-gas separator is to be performed in accordance with SPE Paper No.
20430: Mud-Gas Separator Sizing and Evaluation.
xiii)
Piping is to be in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of this Guide.
xiv)
xv)
Degasser
Degasser design and arrangements are to comply with the requirements of API RP 13C and the
additional requirements of this Guide.
i)
Degasser is be designed and manufactured in accordance with ASME Section VIII Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code and Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
ii)
Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
ii)
iv)
v)
Typically, the degasser is designed so that it can be operated under partial vacuum to assist
in removing the entrained gas.
vi)
Provisions are to be incorporated to vent gas to the appropriate location.
vii)
The degasser is to be placed as the first stage in the mud conditioning system to reduce
the possibility of gas breaking out of the drilling fluid in the mud treatment pits.
Mud Returns and Processing

The mud return system includes flowline, degasser, gumbo shaker, shale shaker, desilter and desander
(if installed), agitator, mud pit, mud tanks, pumps, mixing tanks, hoppers, volume measuring systems,
etc.
Mud return and processing systems, and associated equipment design and arrangements are to
comply with the requirements of API RP 13C and the additional requirement of this Guide.
i)
The piping system design is to allow the returns from the flowlines to installed mud
conditioning equipment as listed above to the mud pit.
ii)
The mud return system, associated equipment and piping systems are to be designed in
accordance with Subsection 3/17 and Section 5 of this Guide.
57
Section
3.5.7
Drilling Systems
iii)
Piping is to be in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of this Guide.
iv)
v)
Gas Vents
i)
Vent lines from mud-gas separator (poor boy) are to extend a minimum of 4 m (13 ft)
above the crown block and to have a minimum nominal diameter of 250 DN (10 NPS).
ii)
The vent line is to be as straight as possible, free of obstructions, and is to be sized and
arranged to minimize backpressure in the upstream equipment of the vent line.
iii)
The vent line from the mud-gas separator is not to be interconnected to any other vent lines.
iv)
Vent lines are to be routed to avoid low point and to be self-draining to avoid accumulation
of mud and to be sloped toward the mud-gas separator.
v)
Vent line from liquid seal siphon breaker of the mud-gas separator is:
a)
To be elevated at a minimum 10 meters (32.8 ft) above the mud-gas separator
b)
To have a minimum internal diameter of 100 mm (4.0 in.)
c)
To be as straight as possible, free of obstructions
d)
Not to be interconnected to other vent lines
vi)
Bypass lines to alternate locations from choke manifold, such as vent lines, flare or overboard
(port and starboard), as applicable, must be provided in case of malfunction or in the event
the capacity of the mud-gas separator is exceeded. These lines are not to be interconnected
to the diverter lines.
vii)
Overboard lines (port or starboard) are to be directed for discharge in downwind directions
and away from the drilling facility. Routing along the diverter lines is preferred.
viii)
Vent lines from degassers are to be:
ix)
3.5.8
For HPHT drilling operations, the vent lines are to have a minimum nominal diameter
of 300 DN (12 NPS).
a)
Individual lines
b)
As straight as possible
c)
Free of obstructions
d)
Free of water traps
e)
Sized and arranged to minimize backpressure
f)
Arranged to accommodate possible precipitation of fluid in the vent line
The vent lines from the degasser must not be interconnected to any other vent lines.
Kill Unit
Typical components of the kill unit would include pumps, connecting piping from the kill unit and
cementing unit and drilling fluid manifold, pulsation dampeners and safety valves.
High-pressure kill unit (pump system) is to comply with the following requirements:
58
i)
It is to be capable of pumping kill fluids at a pressure at least equal to the maximum

anticipated injection pressure that may be encountered during well killing operations.
ii)
It is to consist of at least two (2) pumps with each pump being powered by either:
Dedicated internal combustion engine, or
Electrically powered to be connected to a back-up power supply, independent of the

main power supply
Section
3.5.9
Drilling Systems
iii)
Pumps required to transfer drilling fluid from the mud pits to the high pressure kill
pumping system should also be connected to a back-up power supply, independent of the
main power supply.
iv)
It is to be equipped to allow the equipment operator to monitor the pressure, flow rate,
and volume of the fluid being pumped.
v)
Materials used for discharge manifold components on pumps designated as kill pumps are
to comply with 6/5.1 of this Guide regardless of minimum design temperature (MDT).
vi)
Additional considerations to the kill unit are provided in 3/9.7 of this Guide.
vii)
The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide.
viii)
Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide.
ix)
Piping systems and their components, and flexible lines are to be in accordance with
x)
Materials used for well circulation systems and equipment are to be in accordance with
xi)
Control Systems for Choke and Kill Equipment

i)
The control systems and components (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, etc.)
are to comply with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide and are to be in compliance with applicable
codes and standards such as API Spec 16C, and API RP 53, and the additional requirements
of this Guide (see also 3/3.1.2).
ii)
The choke control station, whether at the choke manifold or remote from the rig floor, is
to be easily accessible and is to include all monitors necessary to furnish an overview of
the well control situation.
iii)
A minimum of one remote control station is to be away from the choke manifold and
protected to avoid any human and equipment hazards caused by leakage from the manifold,
valves or chokes.
iv)
Any remotely operated valve and choke is to be equipped with emergency operation
provisions as required by API Spec 16C. Alternative power sources other than specified
in API Spec 16C can be utilized as long as the availability and redundancy of the system
is equivalent or better.
v)
All remotely operated valves are to be provided with open and close indicators on the
control panel.
vi)
Remotely operated valves that have alternative means of local control in an emergency are
to be provided with local markings to enable the operator to determine the valve positions.
vii)
A choke position indicator showing the relative position of the choke trim or relative
orifice size as a percent of fully open is to be provided at the control panel.
viii)
All manual chokes and valves are to be provided with local marking or indicators to enable
the operator to determine the valve positions, open or closed.
ix)
Electronic pressure and temperature transmitters and analog gauges are to comply with
the requirements of API Spec 16C, as a minimum.
x)
The instrumentation gauges and/or transmitter on the choke manifold are to be at a minimum:
xi)
a)
Analog test pressure measurements are to be made at not less than 25% and not
more than 75% of the full pressure span.
b)
Electronic pressure gauges and chart recorders, or data acquisition systems are to
be utilized within the manufacturers specified range.
59
Section
3.7
Drilling Systems
Diverter System and Equipment

(1 September 2012) Typical components of the diverter system and equipment would include annular sealing
device (packer, housing), accumulators, diverter flex joint, overshot mandrel, overshot packers, overshot
spool, diverter test tool, vent outlets, valves, power unit and piping, control systems/consoles/panels.
The diverter equipment and arrangements are to be in compliance with the requirements of API RP 64,
API RP 53, API Spec 16D, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
3.7.1
Diverters
i)
A diverter with a securing element for closing around the drill string in the wellbore or open
hole is to be provided when it is desired to divert wellbore fluids away from the rig floor.
ii)
3.7.2
3.7.3
60
The diverter is to be equipped with two (2) 10 in. or larger lines that are to be piped to
opposite sides of the rig floor. Alternative arrangements will be specially considered with
justification in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
Diverter Valve Assembly

i)
Valves in the discharge piping are to be of the full opening and full bore type.
ii)
Valves and their actuators are to be sized to be capable of operating the diverter valve
under all design conditions.
iii)
During the operational tests at the manufacturers plant, a full design differential pressure
opening test is to be carried out for each valve and actuator combination.
iv)
The diverter valve assembly and a control system are to be designed to safely vent well
bore fluids at the surface or subsea.
Control Systems for Diverters

i)
The diverter control systems and components (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electrohydraulic, etc.) are to comply with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide and are to be in compliance
with API RP 64, API RP 53 and API Spec 16D. This also includes response time,
volumetric capacity of the accumulator system, hydraulic reservoir, pump system sizing
and arrangements.
ii)
(1 September 2012) Any remotely operated valve is to be equipped with an emergency

backup power source.
iii)
The diverter system is to be controlled from two (2) locations; one is to be located near
the drillers console/workstation and the other is to be located at an accessible location
away from the well activity area and reasonably protected from physical damage from
drilling activities on the drill floor. Both controls are to be arranged for ready operation by
the driller.
iv)
The control systems are to have interlocks so that the diverter valve opens before the annular
element closes around the drill string.
v)
When the diverter element close function is activated, the return flow to the mud system
is to be isolated.
vi)
The range of diverter elements is to be suitable to seal on all sizes of drill string elements
on which the diverter is required to operate.
vii)
A relief valve is required to prevent overpressurization of the diverter packer. If applicable,

the diverter system is to have an interlock system to prevent insert packer closure unless
the insert packer is installed and the insert packer lock-down dogs are energized.
viii)
All valves are to be provided with open and close indicators.
ix)
Section
3.7.4
Drilling Systems
Diverter Piping (1 September 2012)

i)
Pipe size, arrangement and support is to be determined with due consideration given to
maximum pressure and maximum reaction loads, erosion resistance and the range of
temperatures likely to be encountered in service.
ii)
Discharge pipes slope downward from the diverter valves.
iii)
Piping is to run as straight as practicable. Where changes in direction cannot be avoided,

they are to be accomplished by employing targeted tees or elbows fitted with a doubler
plate on the outside radius or elbows with a radius of 20 times the diameter of the pipe.
iv)
Flexible lines are to be avoided where possible. When this is not practicable, data is to be
submitted substantiating their suitability for the maximum pressure, maximum reaction
loads, fire-resistance, erosion resistance, expected range of temperatures, and their
compatibility to associated piping provided it is adequately supported and connected.
v)
Suitable pipe supports in accordance with ASME B31.3.
vi)
Diverter outlet is to be provided with extra heavy pipe schedule.
vii)
viii)
ix)
3.9
Marine Drilling Riser Systems

See Subsection 3/5 of this Guide for specific requirements for marine drilling riser systems and associated
components.
3.11

Auxiliary equipment includes the upper and lower kelly valves, drill pipe safety valves, IBOPs, drill string
float valves and kelly.
i)
Auxiliary well control equipment, such as kelly valves, drill pipe safety valves, IBOP, drill string
float valves, are to be used in a rotary drilling system.
ii)
For drilling installation using a top drive system, an automated or manual drill pipe safety valve
must be installed.
iii)
iv)
Auxiliary well control equipment is to be in compliance with API Spec 7-1, API RP 53, and
Section 5 of this Guide and the additional requirements of this Guide.
3.11.1 Kelly Valves

i)
The drill string is to be equipped with two (2) kelly cocks, one of which is to be mounted
below the swivel (upper kelly cock), and the other at the bottom of the power swivel or
kelly (lower kelly cock).
ii)
(1 September 2012) The lower kelly cock is a full-opening valve that backs up the upper
kelly cock. For surface BOP stack, the lower kelly cock is to be sized so that it can be run
through the blowout preventer stack.
iii)
Testing of kelly cocks are to be performed bi-directionally and at a low and high pressure,
with the low pressure tests first.
3.11.2 Drill Pipe Safety Valves

i)
A full-opening manual safety valve is to be available on the rig floor to be installed into
the drill string immediately in the event of a kick occurring during a trip.
ii)
The wrench to operate the valve is to be readily accessible to the crew to perform this
operation.
61
Section
Drilling Systems
3.11.3 Internal Blowout Preventer (IBOP)

i)
An internal blowout preventer or IBOP is a back pressure or check valve that is to be
provided in the drill string.
ii)
IBOP is spring-operated and is locked in the open position with a removable rod lock screw.
3.11.4 Drill String Float Valve

i)
A float valve is to be installed just above the drill bit to protect the drill string from back
flow or inside blowouts.
ii)
The two (2) most common types of floats are spring-operated piston (plunger) and flapper
types.
Marine Drilling Riser System

(1 September 2012) Typical subsystems and associated components of the marine drilling riser system
include the following:
Riser tensioning system and equipment
Pup joints
Riser recoil system
Buoyancy devices
Riser joints
Ball and flex joints
Riser couplings (connectors):

mechanical, hydraulic, etc.
Riser running equipment
Telescopic joints
Special equipment, including fill-up valves, mud

boost system, drag reducing devices
The marine drilling riser system and associated components listed above are to be designed and fabricated in
accordance with applicable sections of API Spec 16R, API Spec 16F, API RP 16Q, API RP 2RD, API
Bull. 16J, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
5.1
Riser Tensioning System and Equipment

Typical components of the riser tensioning system would include accumulators, air/nitrogen compressors,
air/nitrogen dryers, control systems/consoles/panels, hydraulic cylinders, HPU, piping, pressure vessels,
tensioners, guideline, podline, wireline, sheaves for tensioners, telescopic arms, wire ropes, etc. The design of
these components is to be in accordance with the applicable sections of this Guide.
5.1.1
62
Component Specific Requirements

i)
(1 September 2012) The riser tensioning system and associated components listed above
are to be designed and fabricated in accordance with applicable sections of API RP 2RD,
API Spec 16F, API RP 16Q and API Spec 16R, and the additional requirements of this
Guide.
ii)
The manufacturer is to establish a rated capacity through appropriate design analysis and
prototype testing.
iii)
(1 September 2012) Design analysis is to be submitted for review, showing that the drilling
riser system and all associated components will not be overstressed at the rated capacity,
either in axial loading, lateral loading or bending, overpressure at rated tensioning capacity
in specified design conditions.
iv)
Load-carrying parts are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable.
v)
(1 September 2012) Locking mechanism is to be in accordance with design codes and

standards as referenced in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide.
vi)
Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinders are to be in accordance with 3/17.3 of this Guide.
vii)
Piping and hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
viii)
ix)
Section
5.1.2
Drilling Systems
Riser Recoil System (1 September 2012)

Riser recoil system is to be provided to protect personnel and prevent damage to the drilling unit
and to various equipment in the load path of the marine drilling riser system.
The riser recoil system is typically integrated with the riser tensioning system and its control
system by incorporating various control valves, sensors, hydraulic/pneumatic energy sources, and
computer-based control systems, etc.
The riser recoil system is to control the released energy in the EDS event or upon failure of the
marine drilling riser for all drilling operating conditions. This is to be achieved through the
following:
5.1.3
5.3
i)
Design of the marine drilling riser recoil system is to consider emergency situations, such
as an EDS event, failure of marine drilling riser, etc. during all phases of drilling operations
such as deployment and retrieval modes, drilling, drifting, etc., as applicable.
ii)
Riser recoil system is to complete an orderly and controlled shutdown of the riser tensioning
system to a predetermined safe position, regardless of the sea state or location of the
separation of the marine drilling riser.
iii)
In the event of a separation at the bottom of the marine drilling riser, the riser tensioning
system is to retract the marine drilling riser such that vessel motions do not result in a
collision of the marine drilling riser with the BOP stack.
iv)
Separation of the marine drilling riser near the tension ring, in the upper part of the
marine drilling riser will result in a fast-acting recoil which must be dissipated within the
available extension of the telescoping joint such that the drilling rig equipment cannot be
damaged.
Control Systems for Riser Tensioning System

i)
The control systems and components are to be in accordance with the applicable sections
of this Guide.
ii)
Provisions for load monitoring are to be provided for the riser tensioning system.
iii)
iv)
v)
Any remotely-operated valve is to be equipped with an emergency backup power source.
Marine Drilling Riser Operating Envelope

Marine drilling riser operating envelope is to comply with the following requirements:
i)
In order to provide a set of criteria for the drilling operation, an envelope of operating parameters
is to be established, preferably in the form of a chart. The chart is to clearly show the limits not to
be exceeded for each marine drilling riser type in use for any combination of applied loading
conditions and the anticipated environmental conditions.
ii)
Where applicable, consideration is to be given to the limits on dynamically-positioned or turretmoored drill ships and the heading change limitations imposed by the length of the choke and kill
lines, and restrictions with the slip joint fluid ring.
iii)
The development of the chart is to take into consideration all applicable loading conditions, load
effects, mechanical stops or other limitations on the marine drilling riser system and any component
of the drilling riser.
iv)
The drilling riser is to be designed so that the maximum stress intensity for the operating modes, as
described in API RP 16Q, is not to be exceeded.
63
Section
v)
vi)
Drilling Systems
The design limits or combination thereof for consideration in the design and structural analysis of
the drilling riser system are to consider, but not limited to:
Maximum stress
Strain
Maximum deflection or
curvature
Temperature
Fatigue for service life
Hydrostatic collapse
Functional, as applicable:
Maximum loading on specific components

The drilling riser loads and load effects are to be considered in the design and structural analysis
of the marine drilling riser system in conjunction with the design limits indicated above. The
marine drilling riser loads effects are categorized as follows:
5.5
64
Nominal top tension
Internal pressure
External hydrostatic pressure
Thermal
Vortex-induced vibration (VIV)
Hang-off
Inertia
Vessel constraints and/or offsets (DP, moored

installations, etc.)
Internally run tools
Installation
Weight of riser
Weight of attachments and/or tubing
Weight of tubing contents and annulus fluid

(mud)
Environmental, as applicable:
-
Waves
Vessel motions (DP, moored installations, etc.)
Wind
Seismic
Current
Ice
Accidental, as applicable:
-
Small dropped objects
Partial loss of station keeping capability
Normal handling impacts
Emergency disconnect
Tensioner failure
Technical Requirements
Marine drilling riser system technical requirements are to comply with the following:
i)
Marine drilling riser system is to be verified through global riser analysis.
ii)
The design analyses of the individual marine drilling riser components are to be performed using
loads obtained from a global drilling riser analysis.
iii)
The marine drilling riser system and components are to be evaluated for the design conditions and
service life criteria as indicated in 3/5.3 of this Guide.
iv)
The individual components of the marine drilling riser system are to be adequately designed to
withstand stresses expected throughout the service life of the particular component. In design,
consideration is to be given to the maximum stress, fatigue damage, maximum deflection and
stability against column buckling.
v)
The maximum permissible deflection of the drilling riser system is to be limited to that value
which not would cause interference with the passage of any downhole tools that would be used in
the different operating modes.
vi)
The drilling riser running equipment, which includes the drilling riser running/handling tool, riser
spider, gimbal and shock absorber (if applicable) is to be designed and rated in accordance with
API Spec 8C and the additional requirements of this Guide.
Section
5.7
Drilling Systems
vii)
The mud boost system is to be provided with safety relief valves capable of protecting system
equipment with the lowest pressure rating, including the marine drilling riser.
viii)
Riser make-up and break-out equipment and procedures are to be provided for ABS review.
Design Documentation
Design documentation is to include the reports, calculations, plans, manuals and other documentation necessary
to verify the global riser analysis and structural integrity of the individual riser components. Additional
documentation may be required based on the relative complexity of the marine drilling riser system or
relevant conditions in the geographic area of operation.
5.7.1
5.7.2
Reports
i)
Reports are to fully describe the loads and resulting stresses for the global drilling riser
system, individual components, and the operating and environmental conditions that produce
those loads and/or restrict the ability of the drilling riser system to meet its designed function.
ii)
The environmental reports are to be based on appropriate original data. Data from analogous
areas may be considered. The information contained therein is to include all environmental
phenomena that would affect the drilling riser system.
iii)
Data presented is to include tables that summarize wave height vs. percentage of time,
wave height vs. direction, wave and overall current statistics for return periods of 1 year,
10 years and 50 years.
iv)
Fatigue data is to be included.
v)
Design air and water temperature ranges are to be specified and suitably accounted for
should their extreme values interfere with the operation of any system component.
System Calculations
i)
Design analyses are to be submitted that clearly demonstrate the capability of the marine
drilling riser system to withstand the imposed loads for the intended operating envelope.
ii)
The operating envelope defines the range of individual operating conditions for which the
drilling riser system is suitable and which also defines the boundaries for combinations of
operating conditions within the acceptable ranges of individual conditions (e.g., the
combination of offset, water depth, mud weight, etc.)
iii)
Information to be clearly stated includes the following:
Elevations of the components and riser joint types
Riser section properties for each type of riser joint. This includes joint length, principal
tube dimensions, overall drag diameter, number of attached lines, buoyancy devices,
bare joint weight, total joint weight in air and water, material characteristics.
Location and extent of any concentrated loads
Details on the properties of the slip joint
Details of ball/flex joints
5.7.3
Support Unit Reports

This report is to contain any information pertaining to the supporting unit that affects the marine
drilling riser system. Items to be included are unit response amplitude operators (RAOs), physical
layout of the drilling floor, derrick and pipe racks, and auxiliary lifting equipment.
5.7.4
Plans
Plans are to include arrangement plans, elevations and plan views clearly showing in sufficient
detail the overall configurations, dimensions and layout of the marine drilling riser system and all
of its components. Plans are to be submitted for each type of connector used in the drilling riser
system. See Subsection 2/7 of this Guide for additional details.
65
Section
Drilling Systems
5.7.5
Other Data
This is to include information in support of novel features utilized in the marine drilling riser system.
Novel features will be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of
this Guide.
Conductor Tensioning System (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the conductor tensioning system equipment would include accumulators, control
systems/consoles/panels, hydraulic cylinders, HPU, piping, pressure vessels, sheaves, wire ropes, etc.
6.1
6.3
Conductor Tensioning System Equipment

The design of conductor tensioning system equipment and/or components is to be in accordance with the
applicable sections of this Guide.
i)
Load-carrying parts are to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced in
3/11.3.4 of this Guide.
ii)
Pressure vessels are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
iii)
iv)
Piping and flexible lines/hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
v)
vi)
Control Systems for Conductor Tensioning System

i)
ii)
Drill String Compensation System

The drill string compensation system can be categorized as follows:
7.1
Active heave compensation (AHC)
Passive heave compensation (PHC)
Drill String Compensation Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the drill string compensation equipment, AHC and PHC, would include accumulators,
air/nitrogen compressors, air/nitrogen dryers, compensators, control systems/consoles/panels, hydraulic
cylinders, HPU, piping, pressure vessels, sheaves, wire ropes, etc.
Design plans and data are to include, but not limited to, as applicable:
i)
Theory of operation is to be included in design plans and data
ii)
The backup braking system
iii)
Computer/control redundancy studies
iv)
Fast and dead line compensation
v)
Traveling hose integrity
The design of these equipment and/or components is to be in accordance with the applicable sections of
this Guide.
66
Section
Drilling Systems
7.1.1
7.1.2
Component Specific Requirements

i)
Load-carrying parts are to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced
in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide.
ii)
Locking mechanism is to be in accordance with design codes and standards as referenced

in 3/11.3.4 of this Guide.
iii)
If the locking mechanism is in the load path, it is to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this
Guide, as applicable.
iv)
v)
vi)
Piping and hoses are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
vii)
viii)
Control Systems for Drill String Compensation

i)
ii)
iii)
Any remotely-operated valve is to be equipped with an emergency backup power source.
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer Systems

The bulk storage, circulation and transfer system equipment can be categorized as follows:
9.1
(1 September 2012) Bulk storage and transfer systems and equipment
Cementing system and equipment
Mud return (conditioning) system and equipment
Well circulation system and equipment
Mud-gas separator/Poorboy (see 3/3.5.4), and Degasser (see 3/3.5.5)
Bulk Storage and Transfer Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the bulk storage and transfer equipment would include bulk storage vessels, utility
air system, mixing station and transport or transfer piping.
i)
Provisions are to be made so that utility air used to transport cement or bulk mud is dried to a
water dew point of at least 7C (13F) below the minimum ambient air temperature.
ii)
All utility air piping is to be designed to be purged with dry air prior to transfer operations.
iii)
The utility air transfer piping is to be fitted with relief valves set at a pressure not greater than the
working pressure of the bulk storage tanks.
iv)
Bulk storage vessels are to be fitted with safety relief valves or rupture disks piped to a safe relief
area. Unless they are fitted with a relief line to an open area, the use of rupture disks is to be
limited to tanks installed in open areas.
v)
A P&ID or equivalent schematic of the bulk transfer system is to be clearly posted at the operator
station to facilitate operation of the system during various bulk transfer operations.
vi)
The control systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/15 of this Guide, as applicable.
vii)
viii)
Piping systems and their components are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
67
Section
9.3
9.5
9.7
68
Drilling Systems
ix)
Materials used for bulk storage and transfer equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of
this Guide.
x)
Cementing System and Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the cementing equipment would include cement pump, centrifugal pumps for mixing
cement, piping to and from cement pumps, pulsation dampeners and safety valves.
i)
If the cement pumps are to be arranged to be capable of emergency well kill circulation, using the
drilling fluid transferred from the mud pits, then compliance with 3/3.5.8 is required.
ii)
Cement pump installations or modifications to existing installations are to be subjected to ABS

review and approval.
iii)
The interconnect lines between systems that are used only for emergency well kill circulation are
to be fitted with blind or spectacle flanges, lockable valves or similar devices that can be opened
as needed, but positively isolate the systems during normal operations. These flanges are to be clearly
identified and labeled on the P&ID, and corresponding flanges or valves are to be appropriately
identified and their function indicated.
iv)
The cement manifold is to be rated to the ram-type BOPs pressure rating.
v)
vi)
Pressure-retaining equipment associated with cementing equipment is to be in accordance with the

requirements of Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
vii)
viii)
ix)
Materials used for cementing system and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this
Guide.
x)
Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide.
Mud Return System and Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the mud return equipment would include agitators, chemical mixers, degassers,
desanders, desilters, centrifuges, mud pits, dump tanks, piping from degassers to burners or vents, piping of
mud return, shale shakers and trip tanks.
i)
The mud circulating piping system is to be arranged so that the mud reconditioning system may be
run in a series with the degasser, desander, desilter and centrifuge so as to prevent mud from entering
other piping systems.
ii)
iii)
Pressure-retaining equipment associated with mud return equipment is to be in accordance with

the requirements of Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
iv)
v)
vi)
Materials used for mud return system and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this
Guide.
vii)
Well Circulation System and Equipment

Typical components of the well circulation equipment would include mud tank, mud pumps, charge pumps to
pipe, pipe to kelly (rotary hose), vibratory hoses, mud booster hoses, standpipe manifold, standpipe, standpipe
to kelly hose, gooseneck, top drive/ kelly, bottom-hole assembly (BHA), BHA to flowline, flowline to shale
shaker, degasser, desilter, desander.
Section
Drilling Systems
High-pressure mud pumps are to be fitted with safety relief valves whose maximum setting is no higher
than the maximum allowable pressure of the system.
i)
Relief lines from the mud system are to be self-draining.
ii)
Where rupture disk type pressure relief devices are installed, rupture disks are to be certified to
meet a recognized standard and the disk assembly is to be subjected to survey in accordance with
the manufacturers specifications.
iii)
Rotary hoses in the well circulation system are to be designed and constructed in accordance with
5/3.7 of this Guide and API Spec 7K.
iv)
Piping systems and their components, and flexible lines are to be in accordance with Section 5 of
this Guide.
v)
Materials used for well circulation systems and equipment are to be in accordance with Section 6
of this Guide.
vi)
9.7.1
Mud-Gas Separator (Poor Boy), Degasser

See 3/3.5.4 and 3/3.5.5 of this Guide.
9.7.2
Mud, Cement and Kill Pumps (1 September 2012)

The cement, mud, and kill pumps specified in 3/9.3, 3/9.7, and 3/3.5.8, respectively, are to comply
with the following requirements:
i)
Fluid ends, pressure-retaining components, and mechanical load-bearing components

including, but not limited to, gears, shafting, clevis linkages, gears of all types, keyways,
splines, etc., are to be in compliance with API Spec 7K or equivalent recognized standard,
and the additional requirements of this Guide.
ii)
Materials and Welding/NDE used for major pressure-retaining equipment of the fluid
ends and mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with Section 6 and
Section 7 of this Guide, respectively.
iii)
The fluid end and associated manifolds (suction and discharge) are to be hydrostatically
tested as required by Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
iv)
Motor couplings and shafting are to comply with a recognized standard and be suitable
for intended service in terms of maximum power and minimum operating temperature.
v)
The pumps are to be equipped with suitable vibration (pulsation) dampening devices.
vi)
Installation of pulsation dampeners is not mandatory for cement pumps, when all of the
following conditions are met:
Where cement can potentially plug the dampening devices,
Fluid-ends, discharge piping, and supports are designed and installed to withstand
pressure pulsation and they are to be in accordance with recognized codes and standards,
and
Intermittent duty.
vii)
Discharge high pressure piping to comply with ASME B31.3, or equivalent recognized
standard, and Section 5 of this Guide.
viii)
The prime movers (electric motor or diesel) are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/21
of this Guide.
ix)
Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be suitable for their
intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and minimum operating
temperature.
69
Section
Drilling Systems
9.7.3
11
Control System for Well Circulation Equipment

i)
ii)
iii)
All valves are to be provided with open and close indicators.
Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating and Handling Systems

(1 September 2012) The hoisting, lifting, rotating and handling systems equipment can be categorized as
follows:
11.1
Hoisting
Derricks/Mast
Hoisting equipment/Drawwork
Lifting
Handling
-
BOP/Tubular (Pipe/Riser)
Rotary equipment
Miscellaneous equipment
Derricks/Masts
11.1.1 Recognized Codes and Standards
i)
Except as provided below, the design and fabrication of drilling derricks/masts are to be in
accordance with API Spec 4F, the ABS MODU Rules, and the additional requirements of
this Guide.
ii)
Alternatively, other recognized standards may be used when agreed to by ABS. When
alternate codes or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to
demonstrate an equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide
and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, on a case-by-case basis.
iii)
(1 September 2012) The following derrick/mast structural components are considered to

be primary load-bearing structures:
Upper section: crown shaft, main crown beam, main top beams/water table beams
Lower section: legs, V door beams, shoes, and girths above and attached to the V
door beams
Main load path structural components
iv)
v)
vi)
Complete Data Book, as specified in Annex A A.3 SR3 of API Spec 4F, is to be provided
for Surveyor review.
11.1.2 Design Loads

For structural design of the derrick/mast, design loads, definition of forces and loads, and applicable
loading conditions are to be in accordance with API Spec 4F, and as specified below:
70
i)
Structure failure consequences are to be categorized as medium or higher, as defined in

API Spec 4F for the Structural Safety Level (SSL).
ii)
The derrick design is to consider both fixed and pinned boundary conditions.
iii)
For fixed boundary condition, ABS allows a 20% increase in allowable stresses, as provided
in API Spec 4F.
iv)
The Owner/Operator is required to specify the geographic region of operation, the static loads
(dead weight, hook load, static rotary load, fluid load, setback loads, etc.) and dynamic loads
(inertial, dynamic amplification, erection, transportation, wind, transit, motion, acceleration,
seismic, etc.) on the derrick/mast, as required in API Spec 4F. Additionally, the following
loads are also to be given consideration, where applicable:
Section
Drilling Systems
a)
The accumulation of ice and snow on a structure in increasing its dead load.
b)
The wind-induced load is to be included in the design analysis of the derrick/mast

structure and is to consider the following, as applicable:
1)
The use of wind speeds higher than those provided in API Spec 4F,
where required by the Owner/Operator, for regions not specified within
API Spec 4F, ISO 19901-1, or API Bull 2INT-MET.
2)
The minimum wind velocity for unrestricted offshore service for all
normal drilling and transit conditions is not to be less than 36 m/s (70
knots), as specified in 3-1-3/1.3 in the ABS MODU Rules.
For host structures other than mobile offshore drilling units, such as
production unit or fixed structure, the transit conditions are to be in
compliance with ABS FPI Guide and ABS Facilities Rules.
3)
For the ABS MODU Rules unrestricted service, the wind speed to be
considered in the Survival Case (no hook load or setback loads) is not to
be taken less than 51.4 m/sec (100 knots).
4)
If only CDS notation is required, it is not mandatory to use wind velocity

higher than 51.4 m/sec (100 knots) for regional requirements as specified
in API Spec 4F, ISO 19901-1, or API Bull 2INT-MET, unless required
by Owner/Operator.
5)
When requested by Owner/Operator, higher wind velocity is to be

used in accordance with regional requirements as specified in API
Spec 4F, ISO 19901-1, or API Bull 2INT-MET.
When other static and/or dynamic loading conditions are proposed by

the Owner/Operator, technical justification in accordance with 1/7.7 of
this Guide is to be applied, on a case-by-case basis.
c)
The use of a higher rated setback, where required by the operational demands of
the Owner/Operator.
d)
Dynamic loading due to motion of the hull are to be provided, as specified below,
by the Owner/Operator or designer as specified in API Spec 4F for installation,
transit, operation, survival condition of the floating units, as applicable. The above
conditions are not to be less than those specified in the ABS MODU Rules, ABS
Steel Vessel Rules, ABS Facilities Rules, ABS Barge Rules, and ABS FPI Guide.
1)
For the calculation of dynamic loading induced by floating hull motion,

the vertical distance and the horizontal distance, where applicable,
between the center of flotation of the host drilling unit and the center of
gravity of the derrick are to be provided by the Owner/Operator to the
derrick designer and are to be used in the calculations.
2)
The horizontal distance is to be considered in addition to the vertical

distance in the transit condition for self-elevating drilling units.
3)
If motion analysis for floating structure is performed, the appropriate

acceleration data from the analysis are to be provided for ABS review.
11.1.3 Live Loads for Local Structure and Arrangements

i)
The arrangement of members is to allow the free drainage of water from the structure.
ii)
The following are the minimum vertical live loads that are to be considered in the design
of walkways:
General Traffic Areas 4,500 N/m2 (94 psf)
Working Platforms 9,000 N/m2 (188 psf)
Storage Areas 13,000 N/m2 (272 psf)
71
Section
Drilling Systems
iii)
(1 September 2012) It is to be noted that various national and international regulatory

bodies have requirements for the loading, arrangement and construction of local structure
such as guardrails, ladders and walkways. ABS will include in the scope of ABS approval,
based on these national and/or international regulatory requirements.
11.1.4 Allowable Stresses

i)
To prevent excessive stresses in structural members and connections, or buckling, reference
is to be made to the allowable stress limits given in the AISC or other recognized standard.
ii)
AISC permits a one-third increase in permissible stress for loading conditions that include
wind loads. Approval to increase AISC-specified stress limits by one-third is to be specially
approved for loading conditions which include loads resulting from wind speeds less than
36 m/sec. (70 knots).
iii)
Where the one-third increase is granted, it is to be verified that higher stress levels would
not have resulted from a loading condition where the wind- and motion-induced loads
were ignored and the one-third increase not used. That is, a static hook load analysis is to
be performed without using the one-third increase in allowable stress.
iv)
The extent to which fatigue has been considered in design is to be indicated in submitted
design documentation.
v)
For allowable stresses in plate structures, refer to 3/11.1.5 of this Guide.
vi)
(1 September 2012) Consideration is to be given in stress calculations to confirm that

maximum stress loads include Jarring Procedures.
11.1.5 Equivalent Stress Criteria for Plate Structures

i)
For plate structures, members may be designed according to the Von Mises equivalent stress
criterion, where the equivalent stress, eqv, defined as follows, is not to exceed Fy/F.S.
ii)
The Factor of Safety (F.S.) will be specially considered when the stress components account
for surface stress due to lateral pressures.
2
eqv, = x2 + y2 x y + 3 xy
where
calculated in-plane stress in the x direction
calculated in-plane stress in the y direction
xy
calculated in-plane shear stress
Fy
manufacturers guaranteed minimum yield point
F.S. =
1.43
for static loading
1.11
for combined loading (includes dynamic loading)
11.1.6 Bolted Connections

i)
Where bolted connections are used in the derrick, the design documentation, including
torqueing procedures, is to be submitted for ABS review.
72
ii)
(1 September 2012) Bolted connections in the main load path such as on upper mast,
foundation, and crown, etc. are to be provided with a locking mechanism.
iii)
(1 September 2012) Bolted connections which can cause fall hazards are to be provided
with secondary retention.
Section
Drilling Systems
iv)
11.3
Bolted connection designs are to consider the following:
Fatigue
Design loading in accordance with 3/11.1.2
Allowable stress in accordance with AISC
v)
Bolt torqueing procedures are to include, but not limited to, sequencing, torque loads, etc.
vi)
Bolt materials are to be selected with consideration to stress corrosion cracking, fatigue,
marine environment, etc.
Hoisting Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the hoisting system would include the crown block with its support beams, traveling
block with its guide track and dolly, sheaves for the crown block and traveling block, deadline anchors,
drawworks, drilling hook, top drive, drilling line and sand line, drilling elevators and links, hydraulic cylinders
for overhead hoisting power swivel, bells, and rotary swivel, wire rope and hoisting equipment gears.
11.3.1 Drawworks
i)
Drawworks are to be provided with primary and independent emergency braking systems.
Both braking systems are to be designed for full-rated load at rated speed.
ii)
Drawworks emergency brakes are to be of a fail-safe design.
iii)
Zone management principle is to be followed for all hoisting activity in order to provide
additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities.
Zone management consideration can be any one or combinations of the following:
Markings
Proximity sensors
Strobe light
Alarms
iv)
Drawworks control is to be provided with deceleration parameters for upper and lower
limits for the traveling block/top drive to assist in stopping the load.
v)
Drawworks construction is to comply with API Spec 7F for chains and sprockets.
vi)
All mechanical load-bearing components are to be in compliance with API Spec 7K.
vii)
The mechanical coupling between the drawworks drum and the electromagnetic brake is
to be provided with a system to prevent unintentional disengagement.
viii)
Drawworks auxiliary brakes and all other electrical power and control systems are to be
suitable for the intended hazardous area.
ix)
The diameter of auxiliary brake shafts is to be determined by the following equation:

d = 2.42
(bT ) 2 + (mM ) 2
mm
d = 0.10
(bT ) 2 + (mM ) 2
in.
where
d
shaft diameter at section under consideration, mm (in.)
yield strength (offset = 0.2%, ASTM E-8), kg/mm2 (psi)
0.073 + (19.5/Y)
for SI or MKS units
0.073 + (27,800/Y)
for US units
121/(42.2 + Y)
for SI or MKS units
172,000/(60,000 + Y)
for US units
torsional moment at rated speed, kg-cm (lb-in.)
bending moment at section under consideration, kg-cm (lb-in.)
73
Section
Drilling Systems
x)
For hydrodynamic brake systems, detailed drawings and supporting calculations proving
that the proposed braking system is as effective as other drawworks braking systems are
to be submitted for review.
xi)
Electromagnetic dynamic brake systems are to be arranged to prevent inadvertent failure

of the drawworks to suspend the derrick overhead load.
xii)
Electromagnetic systems are to include the following provisions:

a)
Cooling water temperature and flow indicators and alarms for abnormal or upset
conditions.
b)
An automatically activated emergency stop system capable of applying full braking

torque to stop and lower the full-rated load by the application of friction brake or
by connection of the electromagnetic brake to an alternative power supply
c)
A system that monitors either electrical faults within the system or the kinetic energy
of the traveling block arranged to actuate the emergency stop system. Where a
fault monitoring system is provided, provisions are to include the following:
d)
1)
System must be provided with emergency power source.
2)
Brake coil current
3)
Monitors that initiate emergency stop upon detection of a preset brake

coil current or a brake coil current varying in proportion to the drillers
control lever position
4)
Brake coil leakage current detector
5)
Audible and visual alarms at the drillers control panel to indicate when
the limiting parameters of the auxiliary brake have been reached or when
the emergency stop system has been activated
6)
In the case of AC motors using variable frequency drives for braking, an

abnormality in any of the connected drives is to alarm to the drillers
control station.
A manual emergency stop button is to be installed within reach of the driller.
xiii)
Drawwork designs, including drums and wire ropes, are to comply with the applicable
part of 3/11.5.2 of this Guide.
xiv)
xv)
xvi)
temperature.
xvii)
xviii)
xix)
11.3.2 Power Swivels, Rotary Swivel, and Top Drives

i)
Power swivels, rotary swivel and top drives are devices used to rotate the drill string other
than by means of the rotary table.
74
ii)
Power swivels, rotary swivel and top drives are to be designed in compliance with API
Spec 8A or Spec 8C and the additional requirements of this Guide.
iii)
Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with the requirements

of 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as applicable.
iv)
Section
Drilling Systems
v)
Pressure-retaining equipment is to be in accordance with the applicable requirements of

Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
vi)
Electrical equipment is to be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3/19 of this

Guide.
vii)
temperature.
viii)
ix)
Materials for mechanical load-bearing or pressure-retaining equipment are to be in accordance

with the material traceability and toughness requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
x)
Welding and NDE are to be carried out in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as
applicable.
11.3.3 Safety Devices and Instrumentation

i)
The hoisting equipment is to have a weight indicator installed and the display is to be easily
read from the drillers console.
ii)
Anti-crown collision/upper limits and lower limit safety devices are to be installed to prevent
the traveling block from contacting the crown block. These safety devices are to be designed
to be fail-safe.
iii)
Testing intervals for the safety devices are to be agreed upon by the Owner/Operator, but
is not to be less frequent than as specified by the drawworks manufacturer.
iv)
If override to the uppermost limit of travel is provided, it is to be part of the testing,

accordingly.
11.3.4 Hoisting Equipment Specific Requirements

i)
Crown block, sheaves, traveling block, hook, tubular goods elevators and other overhead
hoisting equipment are to be designed in compliance with API Spec 8A or Spec 8C and
the additional requirements of this Guide.
ii)
The results of the prototype load test if required in API Spec 8A or Spec 8C along with
design calculations for the component tested are to be submitted with the design specification
outlined in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide.
iii)
Wire rope is to be designed in compliance with API Spec 9A or equivalent.
iv)
Main load-bearing weld connections are to be full penetration. Where partial-penetration

welds are utilized, validation through design and fatigue analyses, manufacturing process
and procedure qualifications (WPS and PQR) are required.
v)
Lighting fixtures and other equipment installed in the derrick are to be secured against
vibration to prevent falling.
vi)
temperature.
vii)
Materials for mechanical load-bearing or pressure-retaining equipment are to be in accordance

with the material traceability and toughness requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
viii)
Welding and NDE are to be carried out in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as
applicable.
75
Section
11.5
Drilling Systems
Lifting Equipment
(1 September 2012) Typical lifting equipment are cranes (gantry, king post, knuckle boom, bridge racker),
base-mounted winches, personnel handling devices, specialized automated handling equipment for lifting
purpose, etc., that are used for pipe handling, riser handling, LMRP handling, BOP handling, and for other
lifting activities associated with drilling operations.
11.5.1 Cranes (1 September 2012)
i)
Cranes are to be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with the requirements of
API Spec 2C or the ABS Lifting Appliances Guide.
ii)
When alternate codes or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided
to demonstrate an equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide
and to be performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide, on a case-by-case basis.
iii)
Design loads of the crane winches are to be the maximum line pull based on the design
loading or the load created by dynamic braking, in accordance with the above design code.
In either case, the distribution of loading from the reeving system is to be taken into account.
iv)
Allowable stresses are to be in accordance with AISC or other recognized standard.
v)
Drums and brakes are to be in accordance with API Spec 2C or the ABS Lifting Appliances
Guide.
vi)
Wire ropes are to be in accordance with API Spec 9A or equivalent.
vii)
Design loads of the crane cylinders are to be the loads applied by the crane boom(s), in
accordance with the design code. Allowable stresses or minimum scantlings are to be in
accordance with ABS Rules or other recognized standard.
viii)
Design loading for crane accumulators and crane piping systems is the resultant pressure
as a result of the design loadings from the design code.
ix)
Zone management principle is to be followed for all lifting activity in order to provide
additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities. See
3/11.3.1iii).
x)
xi)
xii)
xiii)
temperature.
xiv)
xv)
xvi)
11.5.2 Base-mounted Winches and other Lifting Devices

11.5.2(a) Design Loads. Design loads considered in the design analyses are to include, as
appropriate, the following:
76
Recommended single line pull at specified speed, drum size and layers of wire rope
Maximum load created by dynamic braking
Dynamics created by drilling unit motion (where applicable)
(1 September 2012) Where the final elevation of the load being lifting is higher than the winch
elevation, the designer is to consider that the weight of active line towards winch is not to
exceed the dead load.
Section
Drilling Systems
11.5.2(b) Design Standards and Factors of Safety.

i)
Bases and other structural steel components are to be designed in accordance with AISC
or other recognized standard. Allowable stress for bending, tension, shear and buckling
are to be as specified herein.
ii)
Factors of safety and critical ratios for wire rope, drums, shafts and other parts are as follows:
(1 September 2012) Wire rope for lifting application is to be rated in accordance with
API Spec 9A or equivalent.
Load-carrying member allowable stress is to be no greater than the following:

F
Fcr/1.25
for flat members
Fcr/1.55
for curved members
Fa
Fy/1.33
Fy/Fu < 0.7
Fa
(Fy + Fu)/3.25
Fy/Fu > 0.7
Fs
0.577Fa
Fa
allowable stress in tension or compression
allowable stress for buckling
Fs
allowable shear stress
Fy
material yield stress
Fu
material ultimate stress
Fcr
critical buckling stress
where
iii)
In addition, any combined stresses are not to exceed Fa.
11.5.2(c) Materials and Fabrication.

i)
All mechanical parts where failure could terminate the load-carrying capabilities of the
systems are to be made of steel.
ii)
Use of ductile iron for gears and drum and the use of aluminum for fabrication will be
specially considered.
iii)
(1 September 2012) Gears and couplings are to be in accordance with 3/21.5 and are to be
suitable for their intended service in terms of maximum power rating, service life and
minimum operating temperature.
iv)
(1 September 2012) Piping systems are to be in accordance with Section 5 of this Guide.
v)
Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide, as applicable.
vi)
Welding, heat treatment and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as
applicable.
11.5.2(d) Drums.
i)
The drum capacity is to accommodate the recommended rope size and length necessary to
perform the function required for the load-handling equipment.
ii)
Plain or grooved drums will normally be considered acceptable, provided no less than five
(5) full wraps of rope remain on the drum with the load in its lowest possible position. Other
design specifications/standards will be subject to special consideration based on calculations
submitted to ABS.
iii)
Each drum end of the rope is to be anchored by a clamp attached to the drum, or by a
socket arrangement approved by the hoist or rope manufacturer, providing for attachment
of rope to the drum.
77
Section
Drilling Systems
iv)
The outermost wrap layer of a wire rope in any load case must be at least two rope
diameters below the edge of the drum flange.
v)
The diameter of the drum is to provide first layer rope pitch diameter of not less than 18
times the nominal diameter of the rope used.
vi)
Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide, as applicable.
vii)
Welding, heat treatment and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as
applicable.
11.5.2(e) Wire Ropes.

i)
(1 September 2012) Wire ropes are to be constructed in accordance with a recognized standard
applicable to the intended service, such as API Spec 9A or equivalent.
ii)
Usage records such as ton-mile records are to be maintained and wire rope changed out in
accordance with manufacturers recommendations.
iii)
Wire ropes used in non-manriding applications are to be replaced if damage exceeds

manufacturers specifications for their rated capacity or if damage could affect smooth
passage through sheaves.
11.5.2(f) Brakes.
i)
A power control braking means such as regenerative, dynamic, counter torque breaking,
controlled lowering or a mechanically-controlled braking means are to be provided and
are to be capable of maintaining controlled lowering speeds.
ii)
Brakes are to set automatically upon loss of power or when the winch lever is returned to
neutral.
iii)
Brakes are to have the ability to stop and hold 100% of the design load with the outermost
layer of wire on the drum.
iv)
Thermal capacity of the brakes as outlined in the manufacturers ratings or charts is to be

suitable for the intended services.
v)
Brake linings containing asbestos material are not to be used.
vi)
Documentation and calculations for the braking effect of the AC motors are to be submitted
when they are the only backup system to the disc brakes.
11.5.3 Personnel Lifting Devices (1 September 2012)

11.5.3(a) Personnel Elevators. Personnel elevators used for access from/to the drilling areas are to
comply with Chapter 5 of the ABS Lifting Appliances Guide. Alternative design codes and standards
will be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
11.5.3(b) Personnel Baskets. Personnel baskets also known as maintenance or service baskets are
intended for lifting of personnel for access to work positions. Personnel baskets can be attached to
other lifting equipment or can be a dedicated assembled unit (basket and lifting machinery).
i)
Structural and mechanical components are to comply with the ABS Lifting Appliances
Guide, for personnel rating.
Alternative design codes and standards will be specially considered by ABS with justifications
in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
ii)
A SWL is to be specified for the personnel basket, considering all applicable static and
dynamic loads for intended service.
iii)
The personnel basket is to be marked with the SWL and the maximum number of personnel
it is designed to carry.
iv)
The dimensional sizing of the personnel basket is to be based on the maximum number of
personnel and working tools in the basket.
78
For personnel basket dimensioning including working tools, guidance is provided in

the ABS Guidance Notes for the Application of Ergonomics to Marine Systems.
Section
Drilling Systems
v)
The designer/manufacturer is to perform an FMEA of the assembled system, with

consideration to the principal load-carrying components, torque transmitting, mechanical
components in the load path, control system, HPU, power supply, etc.
vi)
Safety principle of personnel basket system is to have positive load control at all times in
order to prevent free-fall of basket upon failure and/or malfunction of system/component
and/or their control system.
vii)
All load control systems/mechanisms (e.g., brake, hydraulic cylinder, system etc.) are to
be fail-safe in order to satisfy the safety principle of 3/11.5.3(b)vi).
viii)
Provision is to be made for emergency stop of the basket operations by the operator(s) at
the control station in the personnel basket, at a remote control station and/or at any other
control station, as applicable.
ix)
All slewing arrangements are to be provided with fail-safe system to have positive swing
control all time.
x)
Control levers for personnel basket control systems are to return automatically to their
center (neutral) positions upon release.
xi)
Brake is to be automatically engaged when the control lever is returned to the neutral position.
xii)
All brakes shall be designed to stop and hold the personnel basket at all operating speeds
and configurations.
xiii)
The personnel basket is to be provided with anchorage point for attachment of personnel
fall protection lanyards.
xiv)
The access gate on a personnel basket, including sliding or folding types, if installed, is to
have a positive-acting device to restrain the gate from accidental opening. Swinging type
access gates are to open only to the interior of the personnel basket.
xv)
Provision is to be made for retracting and retrieving of personnel in case of emergency.
xvi)
xvii)
xviii)
Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide and the
ABS MODU Rules.
xix)
xx)
Materials are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide and the ABS MODU Rules.
xxi)
11.5.3(c) Manriding Winches. Manriding winches are to comply with the general requirements
of this section. In addition, the following minimum criteria are to be complied with:
i)
The personnel rated load is to be no greater than 20% of the load calculated in accordance
with 3/11.5.2 of this Guide.
ii)
The winch operating lever is to automatically return to neutral upon release from any
position. All positions are to be clearly marked as to their intended function.
iii)
Regardless of ton-miles, wire ropes used in manriding applications are to be replaced if

kinks, rust, flattening, strand breakage or other physical damage is visible.
iv)
All brakes are to be fail-safe.
v)
Brakes are to set automatically upon loss of power or when the winch lever is returned to
neutral.
vi)
A secondary brake is to be provided to prevent the load from falling in the event of failure
of the primary automatic brake.
vii)
A clutch capable of disengaging is not to be fitted.
79
Section
Drilling Systems
viii)
Devices are to be fitted to prevent the winch from overriding or underriding, and a secondary
means of lowering personnel is to be provided in case of winch or power failure.
ix)
Wire rope for personnel lifting devices is to be in accordance with API Spec 9A or equivalent.
x)
Setting of upper limit is to provide at least a vertical clearance of six (6) feet from the
upper block, and the lower limit is to be set so that the winch cannot be operated with
number of wraps less than specified in 3/11.5.2(d) of this Guide.
xi)
All winches are to be identified as Manrider Only and marked with their SWL.
xii)
xiii)
11.5.4 Lifting Attachments: Anchor Points and Pad Eyes (1 September 2012)
i)
Design loads and allowable stresses for lifting attachment are to be for offshore applications
in accordance with the requirements of API RP 2A WSD or specified design code and
standard.
ii)
Lifting attachments are to be free from stress concentration points (e.g., geometric
discontinuities, sharp weld edges, etc.).
iii)
ABS approval of lifting attachments, including the connection/attachment to the structure,

is based on their functional criteria, as follows, and testing in accordance with Lifting
Attachments in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide:
Functional Criteria
ABS
Review
Load
Testing
a)
Anchor points installed on derrick, mast, cranes, gantry, structural frames,

etc., used for various operations such as lifting, slewing, rigging, deployment,
retrieval, maintenance, etc., with designated safe working load (SWL).
b)
Lifting attachments installed on equipment used for routine operations such

as lifting, moving, deployment, retrieval, maintenance, etc., with designated
working load or SWL.
c)
Manriding purpose with designated safe SWL.
d)
Sea-fastening anchor points for drilling unit transit with no designated SWL.
NA
e)
Anchor points used for secondary retention with no designated SWL and
SWL > 0.25 MT.
NA
f)
Temporary lifting attachments used during manufacturing, construction,

installation, etc., with no designated SWL.
NA
NA
11.5.5 Safety Devices and Instrumentation (1 September 2012)

i)
All winches are to be marked with the maximum permissible load allowed for the winch
and its system components.
ii)
iii)
80
Where pneumatic winches are provided:

a)
The air supply lines are to be sized to operate the winch at safe working loads
(SWL).
b)
Isolation provision is to be provided for each winch at flexible connection.
c)
Motor exhaust is to be vented to a point where it will not present hazard to personnel
and noise reduction devices are to be provided.
An air regulator and pressure relief valve, located upstream of the non-return valves, are
to be provided to limit air supply pressure to the winch, and the supply lines serving the
winches are to be fitted with appropriate non-return valves and water separators/filters
before the operating valves.
Section
11.7
Drilling Systems
Handling Equipment (1 September 2012)

11.7.1 BOP Handling Equipment
Typical components of the BOP handling equipment would include horizontal BOP/X-mas tree
transporter/skidders, seafixing, bulkhead guiding, handling cranes, etc.
i)
BOP handling equipment is to be designed with consideration of loads, inertia, stability,

pulling requirements, etc.
ii)
Zone management principle is to be followed for all BOP handling activity in order to provide
additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling activities.
See 3/11.3.1iii).
iii)
Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4, as

applicable, of this Guide.
iv)
v)
vi)
Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide and the
ABS MODU Rules.
vii)
viii)
ix)
11.7.2 Tubulars Handling Equipment

Typical components of the tubular handling equipment would include elevators, finger boards,
pipe racking, racking arms, stabbing boards, iron roughnecks, cranes, winches, and wire ropes, or
any other handling devices used to aid in the transfer of drilling tubulars and marine drilling riser
between the rotary table and storage areas.
i)
The drilling rig is to be equipped with hydraulic, pneumatic or mechanical equipment

capable of lifting, transporting, suspending the drill pipe in the pipe rack, and making up
or breaking out the drilling pipe.
ii)
Zone management principle is to be followed for all tubular handling activity in order to
provide additional safety to personnel and collision safeguard associated with drilling
activities. See 3/11.3.1iii).
iii)
All drill pipes, collars, tubing and casing that may be racked in the derrick are to have
provisions to be secured in place.
iv)
All storage racks are to be designed to prevent drill collars, pipe and other tubulars from
being unintended release from the rack.
v)
Foundations and storage racks are to be designed to withstand the maximum anticipated
setback load of the racked pipe, drill collars and other intended loads.
vi)
Storage racks are to be provided with appropriate drip pans and drains to direct mud and
other liquids to appropriate drain system.
vii)
Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this

Guide, as applicable.
viii)
Cranes and winches are to be in accordance with 3/11.5 of this Guide.
ix)
x)
xi)
81
Section
Drilling Systems
11.7.3 Casing Stabbing Boards

11.7.3(a) Rails, Masts, Guides and Runners.
i)
The rails and masts supporting the casing stabbing board are to be securely attached to their
supports, designed so that they are unable to open under operating conditions and capable
of supporting the casing stabbing board in the event of the operation of the safety gear.
ii)
The guides and runners are to be designed so that in the event of a roller or wheel failure,
the platform cannot become detached from the mast.
iii)
Plates that are capable of supporting the weight of the fully loaded platform are to be
fitted at the bottom of the rail.
iv)
Upper and lower limits are to be provided and tested before use.
v)
A minimum of two safety harness attachment points must be provided.
11.7.3(b) Controls and Safety.

i)
The controls are to be arranged to stop the platform if the raising and lowering handle is
released.
ii)
Two (2) independent locking devices are to be provided. One (1) locking device is to be
engaged when the lifting handle is in neutral and the second is to engage upon failure of
the hoisting system.
iii)
Fail-safe upper and lower limit switches are to be provided, as applicable.
iv)
All platforms are to be fitted with sufficient anchoring points for safety harnesses.
v)
A non-slip surface is to be provided on the platform, and adequate handrails, midrails and
toe-plates are to be provided in accordance with Section 5-3-1 of the ABS MODU Rules.
vi)
The platform is to be fitted with a lock latch mechanism that secures it when it is not in
motion.
vii)
Additionally, adequate safety gear of the progressive type is to be provided, and designed
so that it will be engaged within free fall conditions.
viii)
Where two-point operation is used, the operator station in the basket is to override the remote.
ix)
A safety override at the remote station is to be installed for use in the event that the workperforming personnel are incapacitated.
11.7.3(c) Raising and Lowering
82
i)
Lifting is to be arranged for both raising and lowering of the platform. The arrangement is
not to be such that it is possible to lower the platform by brake only.
ii)
Means of lowering the man to the drill floor must be provided that will function in case of
failure of the normal lifting mechanism.
iii)
A speed-controlling device is to be provided which is designed to prevent the raising and

lowering of the platform at speeds in excess of the tripping speed.
iv)
The factor of safety for rope or chain is not to be less than 10:1.
v)
If rack and pinion systems are used, they are to be designed so that the failure of either a
rack or pinion will not cause the platform to fall.
vi)
The lifting system is to incorporate sufficient rope so that there are at least five (5) full
turns of rope remaining on the winding drum when the platform is at its maximum level.
vii)
The equipment associated with the operation of the casing stabbing board is to be securely
anchored to the derrick structure.
viii)
The anchorages for rope or chain are to be designed such that they will not be adversely
affected by corrosion.
Section
11.9
Drilling Systems
Rotary Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components of the rotary equipment would include master bushing and the rotary table, including
its skid adapters and driving unit. The rotary table and its components are to comply with the following
requirements, as applicable:
i)
All mechanical load-bearing components are to be in compliance with API Spec 7K.
ii)
Load-bearing beams are to be in accordance with 3-2-2/5 of the ABS MODU Rules and the
requirements for structural materials in Section 6 of this Guide.
iii)
The rotary table transmission and associated motor couplings and shafting are to comply with a
recognized standard and be suitable for the intended service in terms of maximum power and minimum
operating temperature.
iv)
v)
vi)
vii)
viii)
11.11 Miscellaneous Equipment (1 September 2012)

Typical components that can be categorized under miscellaneous equipment in the drilling system could
include manual tongs, power slips, tongs, catwalk, mechanical mousehole and any other handling devices
used to aid in the transfer of drilling tubulars and marine drilling riser between the rotary table and storage
areas.
i)
All tongs are to be capable of being securely attached to the derrick mast or back-up post and anchored
by appropriate means such as a wire rope line or stiff arm that will have a breaking strength greater
than the force exerted by the tongs.
ii)
Safety lines on tongs are to be positioned in such a manner that the tongs cannot rotate beyond
anticipated limits.
iii)
Power tong pressure systems are to be equipped with safety relief valves that are to be set no higher
than the maximum working pressure of the system.
iv)
Safety cables attached to kelly hose, tongs and other suspended equipment are to be properly secured
to prevent their breaking loose in the event of a connection failure.
v)
Major mechanical load-bearing components are to be in accordance with 3/11.3.4 of this Guide, as
applicable.
vi)
vii)
viii)
Electrical systems are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/19 of this Guide and the ABS MODU
Rules.
ix)
x)
xi)
Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable
83
Section
13
Drilling Systems
Well Test System

Well test systems are the facilities installed on vessels or mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs) for the
purpose of evaluating the quality and/or quantity of the well fluid to determine whether the well is to be
completed for production or plugged and abandoned.
Well test systems may include well control equipment, process pressure vessels, piping and electrical
components, control systems, burners and gas flares and burner/flare booms.
13.1
84
i)
Systems mounted permanently for at least 30 months on an installation and are intended for extended
tests or early production are also to comply with the ABS Facilities Rules.
ii)
Temporary well test systems (for less than 30 months), including burner booms, burners, well test
equipment, process pressure vessels, piping, burners and gas flares, and control/safety systems are
also to comply with the requirements of this Guide.
iii)
In addition to the requirements of this section, skid-mounted packaged equipment is to be in

accordance with Subsection 3/23 of this Guide.
iv)
Individual well test equipment and/or skid-mounted equipment structural interface with the drilling
unit is to be verified for structural adequacy in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules.
Well Test System and Equipment (1 September 2012)

Well test systems, temporary or permanent, and equipment are to be in compliance with the applicable
requirements of this Guide, the ABS Facilities Rules and the ABS Guide for Well Test Systems.
i)
Well control equipment such as flowheads, test trees and ESD valves are to be suitable for the
intended pressure. Design and fabrication are to be in accordance with recognized standards such
as API Spec 6A, API Spec 16C, API Spec 6D, and API Spec 6AV1.
ii)
Pressure-retaining equipment such as separators, heaters, treaters, nitrogen storage, surge and transfer
tanks, etc., are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/17 of this Guide.
iii)
At least two (2) relief valves or the equivalent are to be provided on test separators. The relief valve
vent lines are to be led outboard at least 120 pipe diameters or connected to a suitable hydrocarbon
disposal facility in accordance with 3/13.5 of this Guide.
iv)
Any vent line valving is to be interlocked to provide one open flow path for all vents at any time.
v)
Well test oil/gas separators are to be in compliance with the requirements of API Spec 12J.
vi)
Flexible lines are to be designed and constructed in accordance with 3-3/19.7 and Appendix 2 of
the ABS Facilities Rules and 5/3.7 of this Guide.
vii)
Pumps handling hydrocarbon are to be in compliance with the requirements of ANSI/API Std. 610.
viii)
The well test system burner/flare boom structure is to be in compliance with 3/13.3 of this Guide
and the ABS Guide for Well Test Systems.
ix)
x)
Electrical components are to be certified for use for their intended service and classified areas as
outlined in 3/13.9 of this Guide. Electrical installations are to be in accordance with Subsection
3/19 of this Guide.
xi)
Skid structures are to be in accordance with Subsection 3/23 of this Guide.
xii)
Piping systems and components are to be in accordance with Sections 5 of this Guide.
xiii)
xiv)
Section
13.3
Drilling Systems
Burner/Flare Booms
13.3.1 Design
i)
The use of the flare boom is to extend and support the burner/flare at a safe distance away
from the drilling area. This is to limit exposure of personnel, equipment, and helicopter
traffic to vent gas, flare exhaust, or flare radiation.
ii)
Flare and vent analysis are to be in compliance with 3-3/11.5 of the ABS Facilities Rules
and the additional requirements of this Guide.
13.3.2 Design Loads

i)
The loads to be considered in the design of a boom structure are to include, as applicable:
13.5
13.7
Dead weight of structure, piping, fittings, rigging, snow and ice, walkways, guard rails,
etc.
Wind loads
Thermal and impulsive loads resulting from the use of the flare
Vessel motion-induced loads
ii)
The values of all design loads are to be listed in the submitted design documentation.
iii)
Loads resulting from vessel motions and wind loads can be established using the procedures
given in API Spec 4F.
iv)
The derivation of loading conditions to be used in the design is to give due account of the
operational requirements of the Owner/Operator, and are to reflect both the operational and
stowed modes of the boom.
Hydrocarbon Disposal Facilities

Hydrocarbon disposal facilities are to be designed for the intended flow stream composition to safely
handle and dispose hydrocarbons. The following specific requirements are applicable:
i)
The sizing and design of the hydrocarbon disposal equipment (flare, flare tips, scrubber, piping,
pump, atomization equipment, etc.) are to follow the principles of API Std. 521.
ii)
Two (2) flares are to be provided on opposite sides of the installation to dispose hydrocarbon in an
appropriate downwind direction.
iii)
Flares and burner booms are to be arranged such that the incident heat on critical surfaces does not
exceed 1500 BTU/hr/ft2 (including solar gain).
iv)
In cases where crude oil is burned and atomization is used, atomization medium supply lines are
to be provided with a non-return valve or some other approved means of preventing backflow of
hydrocarbon into nonhazardous piping systems.
v)
Gas flare tip flow rate is generally not to exceed 0.5 Mach. (See API Std. 521).
Surface Safety Systems

A system of automatic and manual controls together with shutdown and operating procedures are to be
provided in accordance with the principles of API RP 14C with due consideration given to the normal
manning during well test operations. The following specific requirements are applicable.
i)
Process system pressure, level and temperature are to be monitored.
ii)
Gas detection is to be provided in process areas.
iii)
Visual and audible alarms are to be set at 20% and 60% (LEL) lower explosive limit and in the
presence of H2S 10 PPM and 15 PPM.
iv)
Fire-fighting equipment is to be adequate to water deluge process components with at least

10.2 liters per minute per square meter (0.25 gpm per square foot) of component surface area.
Equivalent foam or dry chemical systems may be considered.
85
Section
13.9
Drilling Systems
v)
The arrangement of process components onboard is to allow for complete access to process controls
and ingress for fire extinguishing agents.
vi)
H2S gas detection systems are to be provided.
vii)
Each well injection line is to be provided with a check valve located at a flowhead or test tree.
Classified Areas
Classified areas are to be in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules, API RP 500 or API RP 505 and
consideration given to the following:
i)
Hatches, companionways and ventilators within ten feet of classified areas are to be secured gas
tight for the duration of the test program.
ii)
Electrical equipment within classified areas is to be suitable for the hazard or de-energized.
iii)
(1 September 2012) Areas around valves, socket hammer unions, and articulated piping are to be
designated as Class 1 Division 2 (Zone 2) for a distance of 1 m. (3 ft).
iv)
Fired heaters and diesel driven machinery (i.e., crude oil pumps, air compressors, etc.) are to have
air intakes located at least ten (10) feet from any classified area.
v)
Exhausts are to be equipped with spark arresting devices and are to discharge outside classified areas.
13.11 Operational Procedures

Operational procedures are to be submitted for ABS review and are to include, but not limited to, the following:
i)
(1 September 2012) Production test plan for well testing
ii)
Manning requirements
iii)
(1 September 2012) Well test facility operations and testing procedures
iv)
Process startup and shutdown procedures
v)
Fire-fighting procedures
vi)
Emergency evacuation procedures
15
Control Systems
15.1
Control Systems
15.1.1 Control System General (1 September 2012)
Control system is an assembly of devices interconnected or otherwise coordinated to convey the
command or order. Control system can be hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, acoustic,
etc., or combination thereof.
The requirements below are to apply to well control systems, drilling systems and control systems
covered by this Guide.
i)
The control system (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, etc.) is to

be designed where no single control system component failure is to lead to a failure of the
controlled system or loss of control.
ii)
FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted to demonstrate compliance with

the above design principles. See 2/5.9 of this Guide.
a)
Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA). An FMEA is to be used to determine

that any component failure will not result in the complete loss of control, the
shutdown of the system or equipment being controlled, or other unsafe situation.
Note: Shutdown of the system or equipment being controlled may be permitted, provided
such shutdown does not lead to an unsafe situation.
86
Section
Drilling Systems
b)
iii)
Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA). An FMECA is an

extension of the FMEA to include a criticality analysis that is used to identify the
probability of failure modes against the severity of their consequences.
Transfer between control stations is to comply with the following requirements:

a)
Transfer between control stations only applies to drilling control systems and
does not apply to BOP, EDS, choke and kill, and diverter control systems.
b)
Transfers between control stations are to comply with the following:

1)
When control of the system or equipment is possible from more than one
control location, control is to be possible only from one control location
at a time.
2)
Clear method to transfer control between stations is to be provided.
3)
At each control location, there is to be an indicator showing which location

is in control.
iv)
Maximum control system voltages: 250 VAC 50 Hz or 60 Hz or 250 VDC is to be the

highest voltage in any of the control system panels.
v)
Visual and audible alarms are to be provided to indicate an alarm condition of a monitored
parameter.
vi)
Control panels are to be clearly labeled.
15.1.2 Logic Circuit Features

Logic circuit is to comply with the following principles:
15.3
i)
When logic circuits are used for sequential startup or for operating individual components,
indicators are to be provided at the control console to show the successful completion of the
sequence of operations by the logic circuit and start-up and operation of the component. If
some particular step is not carried out during the sequence, the sequence is to stop at this point.
ii)
Manual override is to be fitted in vital functions to permit control in the case of failure of
a logic circuit.
Control Systems for Well Control Equipment (1 September 2012)

Control systems for well control include the BOP, EDS, choke and kill and diverter control systems, as
applicable. These control systems are to comply with the following requirements:
i)
The control system (hydraulic, pneumatic, electric, electro-hydraulic, acoustic, etc.) is to be designed
where no single control system component failure is to lead to a failure of the controlled system, loss
of control or loss of well control.
ii)
The control system and components are to be in compliance with API Spec 16C, API Spec 16D
and with applicable recommended practices such as API RP 53, API RP 59, and API RP 64.
iii)
See 3/3.1.2, 3/3.5.9 and 3/3.7.3 of this Guide for control system requirements for individual well
control systems and/or equipment.
iv)
Computer-based control systems for well control are to comply with the requirements for control
systems for well control equipment in 3/15.3 of this Guide and the requirements for computer-based
system in 3/15.5.2 of this Guide.
v)
Computer-based control systems for BOPs are to also comply with the following additional
requirements:
Redundant processor, memory, and networks
Local and remote I/O modules are to fail in a predetermined fashion when there is loss of
communications with the processor.
Input and Output channels are to be diagnostic type, where the program will read the diagnostic
status of the I/O and perform safe actions. The program is to notify the operator if a channel
fails
87
Section
vi)
Drilling Systems
Alternative arrangements can be specially considered for surface BOPs, instead of redundant
components, provided it can be demonstrated that the computer-based control system complies
with the single control system component failure principle indicated in 3/15.3i) of the Guide.
For example, an arrangement with a single processor does not appear to comply. However, an
arrangement with a single processor along with additional arrangements that address the possible
single control system component failure concept can be specially considered. This special
consideration is subject to ABS review of the supporting documentation
vii)
FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted to determine compliance with the design
principles of Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, and 3/15.3 of this Guide.
15.5
The Note of 3/15.1.1ii)a) is not applicable to control systems for well control equipment.
viii)
The control systems are to be provided with additional measures to prevent accidental disconnection
of the wellhead connector, the LMRP connector or the riser connector, such as two-hand function,
two-step action, protective cover or equivalent.
ix)
For BOP control systems where functions are executed manually, only visual indicators are required.
Electrical Control Systems and Computer-Based Systems (1 September 2012)

15.5.1 Electrical Control Systems
Electrical control systems are to comply with 4-9-1/9 (except 4-9-1/9.9 and 4-9-1/9.11) of the
ABS Steel Vessel Rules. For general definitions, 4-9-1/5 of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules may be
used, as applicable.
15.5.2 Computer-based Systems
A computer-based system is a system of one or more microprocessors, associated software, peripherals
and interfaces. Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC), Distributed Control Systems (DCS), PC
or server-based computation systems are examples of computer-based systems.
Computer-based systems are to comply with the requirements of 3/15.5.1 of this Guide and 4-9-6/3
(except 4-9-6/3.13 and 4-9-6/3.15) of the ABS Steel Vessel Rules.
In addition, computer-based systems are to comply with the following:
15.5.2(a) Fail Safe. Computer-based systems are to be designed such that any of the systems
components will not cause unsafe operation of the system or equipment being controlled.
15.5.2(b) FMEA, FMECA
i)
Additional detailed FMEA, FMECA or similar analysis is to be conducted for the

computer-based systems covering all components to determine compliance with the design
principles of Subsection 3/15.1 and 3/15.5 of this Guide.
ii)
If the computer-based control system is for well control, the detailed FMEA, FMECA or
similar analysis is to be conducted for the computer-based systems covering all components
to determine compliance with the design principles of Subsection 3/3, 3/15.1, 3/15.3 and
3/15.5 of this Guide.
15.5.2(c) Safety Integrity
88
i)
When computer-based systems have safety-related control functions and the associated
failure modes identified in the FMEA/FMECA result in an undesirable situation, special
consideration may be given, provided the appropriate level of safety integrity has been
provided.
ii)
The appropriate level is to be determined by the application of a recognized industry

standard, such as the IEC 61508 Series or the ANSI/ISA 84 Series.
iii)
Further, documentation in accordance with the relevant industry standard is to be submitted

for review to justify the appropriate safety integrity levels.
Section
15.7
Drilling Systems
Safety Systems Equipment (1 September 2012)

Systems are to comply with the following requirements:
i)
Means are to be provided to indicate the cause of the safety action.
ii)
Alarms are to be given at each control location, including any local manual control positions when
the system performs a safety action.
iii)
Drilling systems or equipment shut down by a safety action is to be designed not to restart
automatically, unless first actuated by a manual reset.
iv)
All shutdowns are to be executed in a predetermined logical manner, as specified in the shutdown
logic and/or shutdown cause and effect charts, and are to execute actions to:
Limit the severity of the incident
Protect personnel
Limit environmental impact
v)
Shutdown systems are not to result in adverse cascading effects,
vi)
The shutdown systems are to be designed such that when a shutdown is activated, any ongoing
operations can be terminated without leading to an unsafe situation.
17
Pressure-Retaining Equipment (1 September 2012)
17.1
Pressure Vessels
Pressure vessels are considered to be accumulators, heat exchangers, pulsation dampeners, separators (oil/gas),
mud-gas separators, and degassers.
i)
Pressure vessels are to be designed, constructed, and tested in accordance with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code Section VIII Div. 1 or Div. 2. Alternative design codes and standards will
be specially considered by ABS with justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
ii)
Pressure vessels utilized in drilling systems are to be submitted for ABS approval in accordance
with 6-1-5/1.1 of the ABS MODU Rules.
iii)
For the purpose of specifying the degree of survey and testing during the ABS approval process,
pressure vessels are to be categorized in accordance with 6-1-5/Table 3 of the ABS MODU Rules,
and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
iv)
Well test oil/gas separators are to be in accordance with the requirements of API Spec 12J.
v)
The design is also to be such that stresses due to acceleration forces arising out of the motion of
the installation, stresses due to external nozzle loads and moments, and stresses due to any other
applicable external forces, such as winds, are within the limits allowed by the design code.
vi)
All pressure vessels, accumulators, heat exchangers, and separators are to be suitably supported
and properly secured to skid structure or rig floor.
vii)
Materials of manufacturing for pressure vessels are to be in accordance with the specified design
code and Section 6 of this Guide, and appropriately selected for the intended service.
viii)
Welding and NDE for pressure vessels are to be in accordance with the specified design code and
89
Section
17.3
19
Drilling Systems
Hydraulic Cylinders
Hydraulic cylinders are to comply with the following requirements:
i)
Design and manufacturing are to be based upon the strength criteria of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code Section VIII Div. 1 or Div. 2, National Fluid Power Association or other recognized
standards.
ii)
Hydraulic cylinders in critical load path and/or applications are to be submitted for ABS approval
in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
iii)
Hydraulic cylinders that are part of overhead lifting or hoisting equipment are to meet 3/11.3.4 of
this Guide, as applicable.
iv)
Materials of manufacturing for hydraulic cylinders are to be in accordance with the specified
design code and Section 6 of this Guide, and appropriately selected for the intended service.
v)
Welding and NDE for hydraulic cylinders are to be in accordance with the specified design code
and Section 7 of this Guide, as applicable.

Electrical systems and equipment are to comply with the ABS MODU Rules and are to comply with API
RP 14F or API RP 14FZ.
i)
(1 September 2012) Compliance with industry standards, such as the following, will be specially
considered:
API RP 500
IEEE Std. 45
API RP 505
IEEE Std. 142
API RP 2003
IEEE Std. 242
IEC 61892
NFPA 70
IEEE C37.06.1
NFPA 496
IEEE C37.20.6
ii)
ABS is prepared to consider other industry standards and practices for electrical equipment, on a
case-by-case basis, with justifications through novel features and/or comparative analyses to be
provided to demonstrate equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this
Guide, performed in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
iii)
All electrical components are to be designed to meet safe operating conditions by accounting for
maximum and minimum temperatures and vibrations expected during service.
iv)
Electrical equipment installed in a hazardous area is to be certified by an independent testing laboratory

as suitable for the intended hazard.
21
Rotating Machinery (1 September 2012)
21.1
Internal Combustion Engines

Internal combustion engines are to comply with the following requirements:
90
i)
Engines are to be in accordance with the ABS MODU Rules.
ii)
Engines installations are to be in accordance with NFPA Std. No. 37.
iii)
The recommended service applications together with curves showing the recommended maximum
standard brake horsepower within the recommended speed range for each service are to be submitted.
iv)
Testing is to be performed under an approved quality assurance program or in the presence of the
Surveyor, and the test report/data is to be included in the manufacturers affidavit of compliance.
Section
21.3
21.5
23
Drilling Systems
Rotating Electrical Machinery

Electrical machinery (rotating) are to comply with the following requirements:
i)
All rotating machines (if any) 100 kW (135 hp) and above are to be of an ABS-approved design in
accordance with the ABS MODU Rules, tested in the presence of and inspected by the Surveyor,
preferably at the plant of the manufacturer.
ii)
For machines of less than 100 kW (135 hp), the tests may be carried out by the manufacturer whose
certificate of tests (test reports) may be acceptable and is to be included in the manufacturers
affidavit of compliance.
Gears and Couplings

Gears and couplings are to comply with the following requirements:
i)
All gears and couplings having a rated power of 100 kW (135 hp) and over are to be designed,
constructed, certified and installed in accordance with AGMA, ISO or equivalent. ABS is to review
the design and the gears are to be constructed under the attendance of the ABS Surveyor.
ii)
All gears and couplings having a rated power of less than 100 kW (135 hp) are to be designed,
constructed and equipped in accordance with recognized commercial and marine practice.
Acceptance of such gears will be based on manufacturers affidavit stating compliance with a
recognized standard, verification of gear nameplate data and subject to a satisfactory performance
test after installation conducted in the presence of the Surveyor.
iii)
Shaft couplings are to be designed in accordance to the requirements of a recognized standard

such as API STD 671, ISO 10441 or equivalent. ABS is to review the design and the shaft couplings
are to be constructed under the attendance of the ABS Surveyor.
Skid Mounted Equipment

(1 September 2012) A typical list of skid-mounted equipment that provides support to the drilling, completion,
well testing operations, etc., includes, but is not limited to, the following:
Utilities and instrument air
Pressure Wash
Chemical injection
Cementing skid
Nitrogen generation and charging
Well test equipment
Hydraulics/Pneumatic power units (HPU)
Other temporary equipment
Sea water
Skid-mounted equipment is to comply with the following requirements, as applicable:

i)
ii)
Pressure-retaining equipment is to be in accordance with the requirements of Subsection 3/17 of

this Guide.
iii)
iv)
v)
vi)
Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with Section 7 of this Guide.
91
Section
23.1
23.3
92
Drilling Systems
Skid Structures
Skid structures including the lifting attachments are to comply with the following requirements:
i)
Skid structures for drilling system equipment packaged units are to be sufficiently rigid to support
the mounted equipment and piping and, as required, to permit lifting during shipment without
damage to the equipment or piping.
ii)
Structural design calculations for skid units with a center of gravity height of more than 1.5 m (5 ft),
or a maximum operating weight in excess of 10 MT (metric tons) or 22.05 Kips, calculated in dry
conditions, are to be submitted for review.
iii)
(1 September 2012) Lifting attachment, including the attachment to the skid structure are to be
designed in accordance with the requirements of API RP 2A WSD and/or the ABS Lifting Appliances
Guide.
iv)
(1 September 2012) Load testing of the lifting attachments, including the attachment to the skid
structure is to be performed in accordance with 3/11.5.4 and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
Drip Pans
Drip pans are to comply with the following requirements:
i)
Drip pans are to be provided to contain liquid spills and leaks from skid-mounted equipment and
piping, and to drain the liquid with adequate slope of 1 cm per meter (0.125 inch per foot) into
open drain systems.
ii)
A minimum 150 mm (6 in.) coaming around the entire perimeter of a skid is to be provided.
iii)
(1 September 2012) Spill containment with less than 150 mm (6 in.) coaming arrangement is subject
to special consideration (see 1/7.7, Alternatives).
iv)
Calculations showing sufficient spillage containment for the skid are to be submitted for verification.
v)
Skid beams that extend above the drip pan may be considered as meeting the coaming requirement,
provided that the drip pan is seal-welded to the skid beams.
Section 4: Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval
SECTION
General
This section provides detailed procedures for ABS approval of typical drilling systems, subsystems, equipment,
and/or components for Classification of drilling system, that require design approval and survey in accordance
with Section 4, Table 1.
i)
Section 4, Table 1 is provided as a general reference listing, and is not to be considered as the complete
drilling system, subsystem, equipment or component listing.
ii)
For drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components not listed, the designer/manufacturer
is to contact the appropriate ABS Technical office for guidance on the approval process.
iii)
ABS is prepared to consider alternative design methodology and industry practice for drilling system,
subsystems, equipment, and/or component designs, on a case-by-case basis, with justifications through
novel features as indicated in 1/7.7 of this Guide.
Approval Process (1 September 2012)

ABS approval of drilling systems, equipment, and/or components is to be in accordance with the applicable
codes and/or standards regarding design, fabrication, and testing, and is also to comply with the additional
requirements of this Guide.
i)
Drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components, including drilling support systems,
are to be approved according to the following general procedures:
a)
Design plans and data are to be submitted in accordance with this section and Subsection
2/7 of this Guide.
b)
ABS design review for issuance of the following documents (see 4/3.5 of this Guide):
c)
1)
ABS approval letter/PDA
2)
Independent Review Certificate (IRC) [see Section 4, Table 1 and Appendix 3 of

this Guide], as applicable
ABS survey at plant (see 4/3.3.1), and at installation and commissioning (see 4/3.3.2), as
applicable, for issuance of the following documents (see 4/3.5 of this Guide):
1)
Survey Report (SR) [see Section 4, Table 1 and Appendix 5 of this Guide]
2)
Certificate of Compliance (CoC) [see Section 4, Table 1 and Appendix 4 of this

Guide], as applicable
ii)
ABSs issuance of reports and certificates is to be in accordance with 4/3.5 and Appendices 3, 4
and 5 of this Guide.
iii)
Approval of individual or unit equipment and/or components can be combined towards the approval
of complete systems or subsystems.
iv)
ABS design review, survey, and the issuance of applicable reports or certificates constitute the
ABS Classification of the drilling system inclusive of the subsystems, equipment and components.
93
Section
3.1
Design Review
Drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components that require ABS design review and, subsequently,
an ABS approval letter, and an IRC, as required for ABS Classification, are listed in Subsection 2/7 and
Section 4, Table 1 and are detailed throughout this Guide.
i)
ABS design review verifies that the design of systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components
meets the requirements of this Guide and the specified design codes, standards, or specifications,
as applicable.
ii)
The manufacturer is to provide manufacturers affidavit of compliance in accordance with 4/3.1.2

of this Guide.
iii)
(1 September 2012) Upon satisfactory completion of the design review process, ABS will issue an
ABS approval letter/PDA, and an IRC, as applicable in accordance with 4/3.5 and Section 4,
Table 1 of this Guide.
iv)
(1 September 2012) ABS is prepared to consider manufacturers exception(s) to part(s) or section(s)

of this Guide and/or the specified codes, and standards for drilling equipment and/or components, on
a case-by-case basis, with justifications through:
Stress calculations/analysis
Historical performance/experience data
Finite element modeling/analysis
Testing
Novel features, as indicated in 1/7.7 of this

Guide
In this case, the manufacturer must provide details of the exception(s) to part(s) or section(s) of
recognized design standards in the Design Basis submittal, as referenced in Subsection 2/7 and
clearly stated in detail on the manufacturers affidavit of compliance as specified in 4/3.1.2 of this
Guide.
v)
3.1.1
3.1.2
94
(1 September 2012) It is recommended that at beginning of each project a kick-off meeting between
the manufacturer/fabricator and ABS Engineering office engineer/project manager is to be scheduled
in order, but not limited to:
Confirm and/or establish the main point of contacts (PoC) for the design review
Confirm submission requirement for design review and manufacturing such as specification,
drawings and/or documentation associated with the design and manufacturing process
Review project design, manufacturing and delivery schedules
Review and confirm project hold-points
Review any proposed sub-contractor lists
Product Design Assessment (PDA)

i)
(1 September 2012) Equipment or components listed in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide,
that have PDAs available, the ABS design review and ABS approval letter are not
required.
ii)
It is to be noted that no changes can be made to the design details on the PDA from the
date of issuance. Any design changes will require a revision to the PDA.
iii)
Manufacturer/designers with existing PDAs for other equipment or components, not specified
in Section 4, Table, 1 of this Guide will be specially considered.
Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC)

i)
Manufacturers are required to provide a written affidavit of compliance stating that their
products are designed, manufactured, assembled and tested in accordance with specified
codes, standards, or specifications, and the additional requirements of this Guide, as
applicable. The codes, standards or specifications must be stated in the manufacturers
affidavit of compliance.
Section
ii)
(1 September 2012) ABS is prepared to consider manufacturers exception(s) to part(s) or

section(s) of specified codes, and standards for drilling equipment and/or components, on a
case-by-case basis, with appropriate justifications in accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
In this case, the manufacturer must provide details of the exception(s) to part(s) or section(s)
of recognized design standards in the Design Basis submittal, as referenced in Subsection
2/7 of this Guide and clearly stated in details on the manufacturers affidavit of compliance.
3.1.3
iii)
The manufacturers affidavits of compliance are to accompany the systems, subsystems

or equipment placed onboard drilling units and are to be verified by ABS Surveyors prior
to final Classification of the drilling system.
iv)
(1 September 2012) See Appendix 2 of this Guide for an example of manufacturers

affidavit of compliance and its contents.
Extension of Approval
i)
If drilling equipment and/or components have been previously approved by ABS, the
manufacturer can request extension of approval for a new project, clearly stating that no
changes have been made to the equipment and/or components from the previous approval.
ii)
3.3
If changes are made from previously approved equipment and/or components, documentation
identifying and justification of the changes are required to be submitted for ABS review
and approval.
ABS Survey
3.3.1
Survey at Plant
i)
ABS Surveyors attendance is required at the plant of manufacturing for drilling system,
subsystems, equipment, and/or components approval, as indicated in Section 4, Table 1
and in accordance with Subsection 8/3 of this Guide.
ii)
(1 September 2012) In Section 4, Table 1, Testing at Vendor is to be performed for the

system/subsystem/equipment/component level as required by the design codes and standards,
and as specified in this Guide. This is to include, but not limited to, as applicable:
Prototype testing, as required by

the design codes or manufacturer
specifications, etc.
Hydrostatic pressure test
Load testing
Post-test NDE
FMECA validations
FAT
Depending on the type of the equipment and vendors manufacturing/testing facility

arrangements or capabilities, it may not be possible to perform all required testing at vendors
plant. In this case, the remaining testing is to be performed on-board facility. This issue
is to be addressed and considered between vendor and purchaser (shipyard, owner, etc.).
iii)
Where final testing requires assembly and installation on-board a facility, a partial survey
report will be issued by the attending Surveyor for the work and partial testing completed
at the manufacturing facility. After final testing on-board, the attending Surveyor will
issue the final survey reports or CoC.
iv)
(1 September 2012) Upon satisfactory completion of the Surveyors witness of the completed
drilling system, subsystems, equipment, and/or components manufacturing process, a survey
report and/or CoC will be issued in accordance with 4/3.5.
95
Section
3.3.2
Survey at Installation and Commissioning (1 September 2012)

i)
ABS Survey for the installation and commissioning of drilling systems is to be performed
in accordance with Subsection 8/5 and 8/7 of this Guide.
ii)
3.5
Hydrostatic pressure test to rated

working pressure
Load test to the rated load of the

assembled unit
Functional testing
FMEA/FMECA validations testing

in accordance with 2/5.11
Issuance of Certificates and Reports

3.5.1
3.5.2
ABS Approval Letter and Survey Reports

i)
Upon satisfactory completion of the ABS design review process, based on design plans
and data as specified in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide, an ABS approval letter will be issued
as indicated by Section 4, Table 1.
ii)
The ABS approval letter will describe the scope and results, including any applicable
comments and correspondences for the design review performed of the submitted design
plans and data, and the specified engineering criteria. The approved rating and/or capacity
will be indicated for each system, subsystem, equipment or component in the ABS approval
letter.
iii)
(1 September 2012) The ABS Surveyor will issue appropriate survey report(s) (SR) for all
survey activities as specified in Section 4, Table 1 and Subsection 8/3 of this Guide.
IRC and CoC (1 September 2012)

i)
Upon satisfactory completion of the ABS design review process and issuance of the ABS
approval letter, based on the design plans and data as specified in Subsection 2/7 of this Guide
for well control equipment or components, an Independent Review Certificate (IRC) will be
issued when indicated by Section 4, Table 1, in conjunction with the ABS approval letter.
ii)
96
In Section 4, Table 1, Testing Onboard typically covers the testing of the assembled or
integrated systems/subsystems/equipment/component. This is to include, but not limited
to, as applicable:
The IRC will describe the scope and results of the design review performed by ABS for the
submitted design plans and data, and the specified engineering criteria. The approved rating
and/or capacity will be indicated for each system, subsystem, equipment or component
covered by the certificate.
a)
IRCs are issued for equipment model number.
b)
IRC is valid for five (5) years from date of issuance with no changes to the design
and manufacturing specifications (see 7/27).
c)
Revalidation of IRC is required after five (5) years from date of issuance.
iii)
Upon issuance of an ABS approval letter, an IRC, and satisfactory completion of the required
testing and survey, a Certificate of Conformity (CoC) will be issued when indicated by
Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
iv)
The CoC will affirm that, at the time of assessment and/or survey, the systems, subsystems,
equipment, and/or components met the applicable codes and standards, and the requirements
of this Guide with respect to design, manufacturing and testing.
a)
CoCs are issued for each individual equipment manufactured/fabricated, based

on equipment serial number, and
b)
CoCs are to be correlated to the IRC for the specific equipment model number.
v)
Appendix 3 and Appendix 4 of this Guide provide examples of IRC and CoC, respectively.
vi)
The contents of the IRC and CoC are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design
parameters.
Section
3.7
3.9
Individual Equipment Approval: Non-Class Installation

If specifically requested by the manufacturers, Owner/Operator, or designers, ABS can provide approval of
individual equipment or components associated with drilling systems or subsystems in accordance with the
requirements of this Guide, and where the installation unit may not be classed with ABS.
i)
The individual equipment approval processes are outlined in Subsection 4/3 of this Guide.
ii)
(1 September 2012) The final installation and commissioning surveys, as outlined in Subsections
4/3i)c), 8/5, and 8/7 of this Guide, are the responsibility of the Owner/Operator.
Vendor Coordination Program

Major projects are to be coordinated through the ABS Vendor Coordination Program in order to facilitate
the progress of the ABS approval process for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment, and/or components.
i)
In such cases, an electronic database reflecting the contents of Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide
will be made available to the key personnel associated with the project; the Owner/Operator, the
manufacturer, designers/engineers and ABSs Engineers and Surveyors.
ii)
Upon completion of each task outlined in Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide, the respective participant is
to update the corresponding field in the database. The completed database is to be documented as
part of the final ABS CDS Classification of the drilling system.
97
Section
98
TABLE 1
Approval Codes for Drilling Systems and Equipment (1 September 2012)
Blowout Preventer
Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Assembled BOP System and LMRP

System
Testing
at
Vendor
SR
Testing Remarks
a and b2
Commissioning test to verify

proper integrity and
functionality of assembled
BOP and LMRP
a and b2

BOP System
Blowout Preventer
Assembled BOP System
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Accumulators (Seamless)(9)
SR
b1
a and b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Accumulators (Welded)
SR
b1
a and b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Acoustic Control System

(Accumulators, Transponder Receiver,
Acoustic Control)
SR
a and b1
a and b2
a is the functional testing

and failure modes validation,
as required
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Autoshear System
SR

as required
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
BOP Stack Assembly
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
a and b2 Onboard testing

of assembled BOP stack.
See Note 2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
BOP Stack Structural Frame
SR
e See Lifting Attachment

in this Table for test loads
a and b1
Shear rams are to be tested to

rated/specified shear capacity
in accordance with 3/3.1.3vii)
Prototype testing in accordance
with API Spec 16A
See Note 2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
BOPs (Annular and Ram)
SR
Testing
Onboard
SR &
CoC
a and b2
Equipment
Well Control Subsea and Surface, as applicable
Section
Well Control Subsea and Surface, as applicable (continued)

Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing
Onboard
Testing Remarks
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Bonnet Assembly (Spare/Modification/

Repair)
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
b1 is to be performed on
wellbore side and on operator,
individually.
b2 is to be performed after
assembly onto BOP
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Clamps
SR &
CoC
b1
a and b2
See Note 2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Connector for Wellhead
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
If hydraulic or pneumatic
controls, then b1 and b2
are required, as applicable
as required
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Control System/Console/Panel
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Control Hoses (Hydraulic)(8)
SR
b1
a and b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Control Pods (Blue and Yellow) with

Test Stands
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Deadman System
SR
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Drilling Spools
SR &
CoC
b1
b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Hose Reels (Hydraulic Hoses)
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Hydraulic Flexible and Rigid Piping

Onboard, on Risers and on BOP/LMRP
Stacks
SR
b1
a and b2

as required
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
99
Section
100
TABLE 1 (continued)
Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
Testing
Onboard
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Hydraulic Power Unit (HPU), see 3/23,

SR
a and b1
a and b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
MUX Cable Reels
SR
b1 and e
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Spacer Spools
SR &
CoC
b1
b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Test Stump
SR
b1
b2
Blowout Preventer
Equipment
Test Tool
SR
a and b1
a and b2
LMRP
Assembled LMRP System
SR
LMRP
Annular Preventer
LMRP
Control System
LMRP
Emergency Disconnect System (EDS)
LMRP
Flex/Ball Joint
LMRP
Frame (LMRP)
Testing Remarks

as required
a and b2

LMRP System
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
If annular is installed in
LMRP, see Blowout
Preventer Equipment above.
See Note 2
SR
a and b1
a and b2
For individual component

testing, see the applicable
component in this Table.
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
SR
See Blowout Preventer Equipment
e See Lifting
Attachment in this Table for
test loads
Equipment
Section

Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
Testing
Onboard
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing Remarks
LMRP
Jumper Hoses (Choke and Kill, Mud

Booster, and Hydraulic)
SR &
CoC
b1
a and b2
LMRP
Riser Adapter/Adapter Spool
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
LMRP
Riser Connectors for BOP Stack
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
a and b2

proper integrity and functionality
of assembled Diverter System
Marine Drilling Risers See below

Diverter
Assembled Diverter System
SR
Diverter
SR
b1
a and b2
Diverter
SR
b1
a and b2
Diverter
Diverter
Diverter with Annular Sealing Device
Diverter
Flex/Ball Joint
Diverter

Diverter
Overshot Mandrel, Overshot Packers,

Overshot Spool
SR
a and b1
a and b2
as required
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
SR
a and b1
a and b2

as required
SR &
CoC
b1
a and b2
See Note 2
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
101
Section
102
TABLE 1 (continued)
Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
Testing
Onboard
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing Remarks
Diverter
Piping System
SR
b1
b2
Diverter
Test Tool
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Diverter
Valves
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
a and b2

Choke and Kill
Assembled Choke and Kill System
SR
See Note 2
SR
a and b1
a and b2
controls, then b1 and b2 are
required, as applicable
as required
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
Choke and Kill Manifolds including

Buffer Tanks, Chokes, Spools and
Valves, Union and Swivel Joints
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
Choke and Kill
Choke, Kill Flexible (Drape) Lines

Flexible Lines, Connectors, End
Fittings,
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
See Note 2
Choke and Kill
Choke, and Kill Rigid Lines Rigid

Piping, Hammer Union
SR &
CoC
b1
b2
See Note 2
Choke and Kill
Emergency Circulating Pump (Pressure

Side)
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
Choke and Kill
Choke and Kill
Choke and Kill Connectors
Choke and Kill
Choke and Kill Valves
Choke and Kill
Equipment
Section

Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
Testing
Onboard
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing Remarks
Choke and Kill
Kill Unit
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Choke and Kill

SR
a and b1
a and b2

as required
Auxiliary Equipment
Drill Pipe Safety Valves, Drill String

Float Valves, Non-return (NR) Valve in
Drill String (IBO)
SR &
CoC
b1
a and b2
See Note 2
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
103
Section
104
TABLE 1 (continued)
Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
Marine Drilling Riser
Assembled Marine Drilling Riser and

Riser Tensioning Systems
Assembled Marine Drilling Riser and

System
Ball and Flexible Joints
Hang-Off Joint
Hydraulic Connectors
Riser Handling Tool
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
SR
Riser Sections including Joints
Riser Test Tool
Tensioner Ring
MAC
SR
IRC (4)
Testing
Onboard

of assembled Marine Drilling
Riser and Riser Tensioning
Systems

functionality of Marine
Drilling Riser System.
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
SR
a and e
SR &
CoC
a and b1
SR
a and e
SR &
CoC
b1
SR
a and e
SR &
CoC
Testing Remarks
e Prototype load test only
b1 Auxiliary, choke and

kill lines.
C&K lines, Mud Booster,
Hydraulic Lines See
applicable sections.
a
e Production load test, as
follows:
1. Each diametrically
opposed pair of pad eyes
and to include bearing
shoulder
2. See Lifting Attachments/
Pad eyes for test loads
Equipment
Section
Marine Drilling Riser (continued)

Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
Onboard
a, b1,
and e
a and b2
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing
at
Vendor
SR &
CoC
Telescopic Joint
Riser Running System
Assembled Riser Running System
Riser Running
Equipment
Gimbal (or Shock Absorber)
SR
Riser Running
Equipment
Gimbal (fixed)
Riser Running
Equipment
Riser Running/Handling Tool
Riser Running
Equipment
Riser Spider (used as elevators/lifting)
Riser Running
Equipment
Riser Spider (fixed)
Riser Running
Equipment
Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, etc., see Common Systems and Equipment, as applicable
Testing Remarks
e Prototype load test of

locking mechanism at
1.5 maximum design loads

proper functionality of assembled
Riser Running System
a and e
e Production load test at

SR
a and e

SR
b1 and e

SR
a, b1
and e
a and b2

SR
a, b1
and e

a and b2

Hydraulic or Pneumatic
SR
105
Assembled Riser Tensioning System
SR
SR
b1
a and b2
SR
b1
a and b2
Air/Nitrogen Buffer Tanks
SR
b1
b2
Compressors Skid Package, including

Piping, Valves, Safety, Electrical, Skid
Structure (see 3/23) etc.
SR
a and b1
a and c
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
Section
106
TABLE 1 (continued)
Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
Compressors(11)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing
Onboard
SR
Dryers
SR
b1

SR
a and b1
a and b2
Nitrogen Generation Skid
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Piping System
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Pressure Vessels
SR
b1
b2
Riser, Guideline and Podline Tensioners
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Riser Recoil System
SR
Riser Tensioning Unit
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Sheaves for Riser Tension Lines,

Guidelines and Podlines(8)
SR
Telescopic Arms
SR
a and b1
a and b2
(11)
Testing Remarks
(5)
Wire Ropes
Riser Tensioning Systems
Pumps, Gears, Motors, Electrical, Controls, Hydraulic Cylinders, etc., see Common Systems and Equipment, as applicable
as required
as required

as required
Equipment
Marine Drilling Riser (continued)
Section
Conductor Tensioning System/Unit (CTS/CTU)

Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
(10)
Testing
at
Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
Conductor Tensioning
System/Unit
Assembled Conductor Tensioning

System/Unit
System/Unit
SR
System/Unit
SR
Testing
Onboard
Testing Remarks
a and b2

Conductor Tensioning System
/ Unit
b1
a and b2
b1
a and b2
SR
System/Unit
SR
System/Unit

SR
a and b1
a and b2
System/Unit
Piping System
SR
a and b1
a and b2
System/Unit
Sheaves(8)
SR
System/Unit
Wire Ropes(11)
System/Unit
X(5)
as required
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
107
Section
108
TABLE 1 (continued)
Drilling String Compensators

Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing
Onboard
a and b2

Drill String Compensator
System
b1
a and b2
SR
b1
a and b2
SR
a and b1
a and b2
SR
a and b1
SR
b1
a and b2
Assembled Drill String Compensator

System
SR
Compressors Skid Package, including

Piping, Valves, Safety, Electrical, Skid
Structure (see 3/23), etc.
Compressors(11)
Dryers
Compensator Assembly
SR
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Piping System including Hydraulic/

Pneumatic Hoses
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Pressure Vessels
SR
b1
b2
SR
(8)
Sheaves
(11)
Testing Remarks
(5)
Wire Ropes
As applicable to medium used.

as required
Equipment
Section
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer System

Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Bulk Storage
Assembled Bulk Storage System
Bulk Storage
Bulk Storage Tanks (Pressurized)
SR
b1 or c
Bulk Storage
Piping System for Material Transport
SR
b1
a and b2
Bulk Storage
Mud Return
Assembled Mud Return System
Mud Return
Agitators for Drilling Fluid(11)
SR
Testing
Onboard
(11)
Mud Return
Chemical Mixers
Mud Return
Degasser
X
(11)
SR
a and b2
SR
SR
Mud Return
Desander and Desilter
Mud Return
Piping System (From Mud-Gas

Separator/Poor Boy to Burners or
Vents)
Mud Return
Piping System
(11)
a and b2
SR
a and b1
a and b2
SR
SR
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Mud Return
Shale Shakers
SR
Mud Return
Trip Tank
SR
Mud Return
Testing Remarks


Mud Return System
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
109
Section
110
TABLE 1 (continued)
Components
Assembled Well Circulation (HP)

System
Circulation Head
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
SR
SR &
CoC
Testing
Onboard
a and b2
a and b1
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Charge Pumps
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Gooseneck, Swivel
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
Kelly
SR &
CoC
a and b1
a and b2
Kelly Bushing(11)
Kelly Cocks, Flow Control Valves, Main

Stem, NR Valve (IBOP)
Mixing Pumps
Mud Booster Hoses
Mud Booster Rigid Lines
Mud-Gas Separator/Poor Boy
Mud Pumps High Pressure
SR
X
SR &
CoC

Well Circulations (HP) System
a and b2
Testing Remarks
as required
a
a and b1
a and b2
SR &
CoC
b1
a and b2
SR &
CoC
b1
a and b2
SR
b1
a and b2
SR
a and b1
a and b2
(see Common Systems and Equipment)
See Note 2
Equipment
Bulk Storage, Circulation and Transfer System (continued)
Section

Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
Testing
Onboard
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Mud Valves High Pressure

(from Mud Pumps to/including
Standpipe Manifold)
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Piping System for Circulating Drilling

Fluid to the Well
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Pulsation Dampeners
SR
b1
Rotary Hoses (Kelly Hoses), Vibratory

Hoses
SR &
CoC
b1
a and b2
Safety Valves at Mud Pump
SR
a and b1
Standpipe Manifold
SR
b1
b2
Cementing
Assembled Cementing System
Cementing
Cement Pump (Pressure Side)
Cementing
Centrifugal Pumps For Mixing

Cement and Suction
Cementing
Cementing Manifold including

Valves, and Unions
Cementing
Cement Flexible Lines
Cementing
SR
X
SR
a and b2
b1
SR
b1
a and b2
SR
b1
a and b2
Testing Remarks

of assembled Cementing System
(see Common Systems and Equipment)
SR
a and b1
a and b2
as required
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
111
Section
112
TABLE 1 (continued)
Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
Testing
Onboard
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Cementing

SR
a and b1
a and b2
Cementing
Piping System Cement Pump Discharge
SR
b1
a and b2
Cementing
Piping System for Mixing Cement and

Suction Line to Cement Pump
SR
b1
a and b2
Cementing
Pulsation Dampeners
SR
b1
Cementing
Safety Valves
SR
a and b1
Testing Remarks
Equipment
Section
Hoisting, Lifting, Handling, and Rotating
Derrick
Components
Derricks and Masts, including Guide

Track
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing
at
Vendor
SR &
CoC
Assembled Hoisting System
Hoisting
Crown Block including Support Beams
SR
Hoisting
Deadline Anchors
SR
Hoisting
Dolly for Traveling Assembly
SR
Drawworks
Hoisting
Drill Wireline Spoolers(11)
SR
SR
a and b2
a and e
X
(11)
Testing Remarks
See 8/5vi)
Hoisting
Hoisting
Testing
Onboard

Hoisting System
a and e
1. Static single line load test

or equivalent 125% of
rated load at drawwork
drum, only one time
2. Brake test see 8/5viii)b)
3. Functional test see
8/5viii)c)
4. Performance test at 100%
5. Testing onboard is to be
performed as installed.
(5)
113
Hoisting
Drilling Line and Sand Line
Hoisting
Elevators (6, 8)
SR
Hoisting
Gears for Hoisting Equipment with

rated power of 100 kW and over, and/or
in the critical load path(8)
SR
Hoisting
Gears for Hoisting Equipment with

rated power less than 100 kW, and not
in the critical load path. (11)
SR
e for production test iaw

API Spec 8C
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
Section
114
TABLE 1 (continued)
Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
Testing
Onboard
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing Remarks
Hoisting
Kelly Spinner
SR
Hoisting
Links (Bell Nipple)
SR
e for production test iaw

API Spec 8C
Hoisting
Power Swivel/Top Drive
SR &
CoC
e and b1
a and b2
e Load test for prototype

testing only, iaw with API
Spec 8C
b1 Hydro test at 1.5
rated pressure for rated
pressure of greater than 5000
psi. Hydro test at 2.0 rated
pressure for rated pressure of
less than 5000 psi.
SR &
CoC
e and b1
a and b2
SR
Traveling Block
SR
e for prototype testing

only, iaw API Spec 8C
Hoisting
Travel Block (Drilling) Hook
SR
e for prototype testing

only, iaw API Spec 8C
Hoisting
Wire Ropes (Winches)(11)
X(5)
Hoisting
Wireline Spooler/Unit(11)
Hoisting
Rotary Swivel
Hoisting
Sheaves for Crown Block and

Traveling Block(8)
Hoisting
Lifting
Assembled Lifting Systems
Lifting
Base mounted Winches
SR
SR
SR
a and b2
a, b1
and e
a, b2
and e

functionality of all assembled
Lifting Systems
Static load test at 125%
Performance test at 100%
Brake holding test at 100%
Equipment
Hoisting, Lifting, Handling, and Rotating (continued)
Section

Components
Lifting
Crane Type Lifting Equipment
Lifting
Manrider Winches (for drilling

equipment service)
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
X
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
Testing
Onboard
SR
a, b1
and e
a, b2
and e
Per Chapter 2 of ABS Lifting

Appliances Guide or API 2C.
SR
a, b1
and e
a, b2
and e

Emergency lowering 100%
Emergency lowering 100%
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing Remarks
Lifting
Personnel Baskets
SR
a, and e
a and e
Lifting
Personnel Elevators (for drilling

equipment services)
SR
a, b1
and e
a, b2
and e

Appliances Guide
Lifting
Pipe Racking Mechanism
SR
a, b1
and e
a, b2
and e

Lifting Attachments
Anchor Points/Padeyes (welded, bolted,

etc.) See 3/11.5.4
BOP Handling
Bulkhead Guiding
BOP Handling
Handling Crane
BOP Handling
e Test loads:
- SWL < 10 MT = 1.5 SWL
- 10 < SWL < 20 MT = SWL +
5 MT
- SWL > 20 MT = 1.25 SWL
SR
SR
SR
a, b1
and e
a, b2
and e
Seafixing
SR
BOP Handling
Transporter/Skidder
SR
a and b1
a and b2
BOP Handling

SR
a and b1
a and b2

Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
115
Section
116
TABLE 1 (continued)
Components
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
a and b1
a and b2
b2 Before installation of
mast/derrick
SR
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Tubular Handling
Bridge Crane
SR
Tubular Handling
Finger Board
Tubular Handling
Horizontal to Vertical Equipment
Hydraulic Cathead
Tubular Handling
Iron Roughneck/Tongs (Power)
Tubular Handling
Manipulator Arms
Tubular Handling
Monkey Board
SR
SR
a and b2
SR
SR
a and b1
a and b2
SR
(11)
Tubular Handling
Mousehole Fixed
Tubular Handling
Mousehole Powered
Tubular Handling
Mudbucket(11)
Tubular Handling
Tubular Chute
Tubular Handling
Tubular Horizontal Transporter(11)
Tubular Handling
Tubular Horizontal Transporter Support

Structure Frame
Tubular Handling
Tubular Horizontal Transporter Support

Structure H-Beam/Profile Mounted
on Deck
Tubular Handling
Power Slips (Hydraulic or Pneumatic)(11)
Testing Remarks
a and b2
Assembled Tubular Handling System
(11)
Testing
Onboard

Tubular Handling System
Tubular Handling
Tubular Handling
Testing
at
Vendor
SR
Applicable to mechanical
systems only
SR
a and b1
a and b2
SR
a and b1
a and b2
b1 and b2 If hydraulic
mousehole installed.
X
X
X
X
SR
X
SR
SR
a and b2
a and e
a and e
b2 - If hydraulic tubular
horizontal transporter is installed
Equipment
Section

Components
Tubular Handling
Stabbing Board, Casing
Tubular Handling
Tail-In Arm/Floor Monkey(11)
Tubular Handling
Tubular Handling
Tubular Handling
Tong Suspension
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
X
(11)
(11)
Tong Manual, for Tubular Handling
Rotary
Rotary Table incl. Skid Adapter
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
SR
Testing
Onboard
a and e
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing
at
Vendor
SR
SR
Testing Remarks
X(5)
Wire Ropes
Assembled Rotary System
MAC
(11)
Rotary
IRC (4)
SR
X
SR
a
a

Rotary System
Hoisting, Lifting,
Rotary, Handling (BOP
and Tubulars)
SR
as required
Hoisting, Lifting,
and Tubulars)

SR
a and b1
a and b2

as required
Hoisting, Lifting,
and Tubulars)
Piping Systems
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Hoisting, Lifting,
and Tubulars)
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
117
Section
118
TABLE 1 (continued)
Well Test
Components
Well Test
Assembled Well Test System
Well Test
Burner Boom
Well Test
Burner Piping System
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing
at
Vendor
Testing
Onboard
SR
SR
SR
Well Test
SR
Well Test
Electrical Submersible Pumps for

Overhauling of Wells (Pressure Side)
SR
a and b1
a and b2
Well Test
Heat Exchangers
SR
b1
b2
Well Test
Piping System
SR
b1
a and b2
Well Test
Pressure Vessels and Separators
SR
b1
b2
Well Test
Pumps. see Common Systems and Equipment
Well Test
Safety Valves(11)
SR
Well Test
Valves(11)
SR
a and b2
Testing Remarks

Well Test System
as required
Testing as assembled piping

system
Equipment
Section
Common Systems and Equipment
Control Systems
Components
Drillers Console
Control Systems
Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electrical,

Computer-based, or any combinations
thereof
Electrical Systems
Electrical Systems and Components
Gears and Couplings
Rated power of 100 kW and over,

and/or in the critical load path(8)
Gears and Couplings
Rated power less than 100 kW, and not

in the critical load path. (11)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Hydraulic Cylinders (in critical load

path and/or application)
Hydraulic Cylinders
Hydraulic Cylinders (not critical load

path or application) (11)
Internal Combustion
Engines
Internal Combustion Engines
Piping
Expansion Joints
Piping
Interconnecting Piping
Pressure Vessels
Air Receivers, Accumulators, Heat

Exchangers, etc.
ID 150 mm (6 in.) (11)
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
X
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
SR
Testing
Onboard

as required
a and b2
as required
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing
at
Vendor
SR
a and b1
Testing Remarks
Design review and testing in accordance with 6-1-7/Table 1 of the ABS MODU Rules
X
X
X
SR
SR
X
SR
a
a
a and b1
a and b2
X
Design review and testing in accordance with 6-1-3/Table 1 of the ABS MODU Rules
X
SR
b1
b2
Design review and testing to be in accordance with 6-1-6/Table 1 (except for Material tests to be witness by
Surveyor) of the ABS MODU Rules
X
b2
Equipment
TABLE 1 (continued)
119
Section
120
TABLE 1 (continued)
Components
Pressure Vessels
Air Receivers, Accumulators, Heat

Exchangers, etc.
ID > 150 mm (6 in.)
Pumps
Hydrocarbon (Liquid) Handling

< 7 kg/cm2 (100 psi) and 757 liters/min
(200 gpm)(11)
Pumps
Hydrocarbon (Liquid) Handling

7 kg/cm2 (100 psi) or 757 liters/min
(200 gpm)(8)
Pumps
Support Systems,
Non-Hydrocarbon Handling,
Hydraulic Pumps(11)
Rotating Electrical
Machinery
Rotating Electrical Machines with rated

power of 100 kW and over
Rotating Electrical
Machinery
Rotating Electrical Machines with rated

power of less than 100 kW(11)
Design
Review &
Approval
Letter (7)
IRC (4)
MAC
Survey
at
Vendor
CoC/
SR
Testing
at
Vendor
(1, 3, 10)
(10)
Testing
Onboard
Testing Remarks
Design review and testing to be in accordance with 6-1-5/Table 1 (except for Material tests to be witness by
Surveyor) of the ABS MODU Rules
X
SR
X
X
X
X
SR
a and b1
SR
X
a and b2
SR
See 3/21.3i)
SR
See 3/21.3ii)
Equipment
Common Systems and Equipment
(1 September 2012) If specified Testing at Vendor cannot be completed at vendors facility, the specified test(s) can be performed at the shipyard or during commissioning
(see 4/3.3 and Subsections 8/5 and 8/7 of this Guide).
All well control components are to be tested on-board; first to a low pressure of 1.38 MPa to 2.1 MPa (200 psi to 300 psi) and then to the rated working pressure, as
applicable (see API RP 53).
Applicable to all equipment and components:

a. In addition to the testing specified in Table 1 above, all testing as required by design codes and standards are to be performed
b. If prototype testing is required in accordance with the design code, this must be performed independently from item a. above for design verification
(1 September 2012) IRC is typically applicable to well control equipment or components.
(1 September 2012) MAC is to be provided with manufacturers certification in accordance with API Spec 9A/ISO-10425, or equivalent.
(1 September 2012) Only Elevators, Links, Spiders (when capable of being used as elevators), and Safety Clamps (when capable of being used as hoisting equipment)
require proof load testing for each production unit as per Section 8.6 of the API Spec 8C.
(1 September 2012) PDA can be issued upon request.
(1 September 2012) ABS Type Approval Program is accepted.

See Appendix 1-1-A2 of ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units and Structures (Part 1) for details.
(1 September 2012) ABS Type Approval (TA) Program is accepted with the following conditions:
a. Manufacturing Assessment program under Recognized Quality System (RQS)
b. Surveyors attendance only for final hydrostatic test (b1) for unit-certification
10
(1 September 2012) Vendor (OEM or shipyard) is the entity responsible for manufacturing, assembling and/or installation of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or components
11
(1 September 2012) ABS Type Approval can be granted upon request. See Appendix 1-1-A2 of ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification Offshore Units and Structures
(Part 1) for details.
Testing Notes:
Types of Testing
Conditions of Testing
Functional Test
In accordance with design parameters/design approval
b1
Hydrostatic Test
1.5 times the design pressure, or in accordance with applicable design codes/standards.
b2
RWP Hydrostatic Test
At rated working pressure (RWP) of systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components.
Pneumatic Test
In accordance with design codes/standards
Leak Test
Hydrostatic testing to overflow/vent height
121
Load Test
Testing at 100% SWL, or as specified under Testing Remarks column.
Factory Testing
Testing in accordance with 6-1-7/Table 2 of the ABS MODU Rules
Factory Testing
Testing in accordance with 6-1-7/Table 2 (Items 2 through 10, and Item 12) of the ABS MODU Rules. Surveyors attendance to
witness testing is not required
Notes:
Section
TABLE 1 (continued)
Section 5: Drilling System Piping
SECTION
General
This section contains general requirements for piping systems and/or associated components that form part
of the drilling systems, as follows:
Blowout preventer control and closing unit
Well test
Choke and kill
Vent system
Diverter
Well circulation
Bulk mud and cement: mud processing

and conditioning, bulk storage and
transfer, cementing, etc
(1 September 2012) Hydraulic piping:

BOP/choke and kill/ diverter controls, top
drive, tubulars handling, cranes, lifting
appliances, transporters, etc.
i)
Piping systems that are used for both marine and drilling services such as hydraulic piping, air
piping, seawater service, potable water, power generation, etc., are to be in accordance with Part 4,
Chapter 2 of the ABS MODU Rules.
ii)
The manufacturer is to submit to ABS for approval P&IDs, piping specifications, design plans and
data, and calculations for each piping system associated with the drilling systems listed above.
iii)
Piping component pressure-temperature ratings are to be in compliance with ASME B31.3, API
Spec 16C, API Spec 16D, API RP 14E and/or other recognized codes/standards, as applicable.
iv)
The above requirements are to be used for all drilling system piping and in conjunction with the
specific requirements contained in Section 3 of this Guide for individual subsystems used for
drilling systems.
Design Criteria
3.1
Piping Systems and Components

3.1.1
122
Design
i)
Piping and piping components are to be designed to withstand the maximum stress that
could arise from the most severe combination of pressure, temperature, and other loads or
service conditions as referenced in 5/3.1.2 below, and to be in accordance with codes and
standards referenced in Subsection 5/1 above.
ii)
For high-pressure ratings that are not within the scope of the referenced codes in
Subsection 5/1 above, pipe wall thickness calculations demonstrating suitability for the
intended service are to be submitted for ABS review.
iii)
Pipe stress and flexibility analysis are to be performed in accordance with ASME B31.3
or other recognized design code for all applicable service conditions for the following piping
systems:
Choke and kill system
High-pressure mud and cement system
Main hoisting system (hydraulic)
Well test piping system (permanent)

Section
3.1.2
iv)
Expansion joints are not to be used in high-pressure well control piping systems.
v)
When used, expansion joints or bellows in piping systems are to be provided with shields
to prevent mechanical damage and are to be properly aligned and secured.
Service Conditions (1 September 2012)

i)
The piping design is to account for, relative to the fluid being transported, internal and
external pressures, transient vibrational stresses, fluid velocity and associated erosional effects,
hydraulic hammer, transient temperature excursions, outside imposed impact forces and
pressure pulsations, and low temperature service considerations, as applicable.
ii)
iii)
3.1.3
3.1.4
For surface BOP stack, all rigid lines between the control system and BOP stack are to comply
with the following:
a)
Fire test requirements of API Spec 16D, including end connections
b)
To have RWP equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable
For subsea BOP stack:

a)
All rigid lines between the control system and BOP are not required to meet the
fire test requirements of API Spec 16D, on those rigs with an autoshear and
deadman system installed.
b)
All rigid lines between the control system and BOP are to have RWP equal to the
RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable.
Allowances
The design wall thickness of all piping is to account for, as applicable:
i)
Mill under-tolerances (12.5% of nominal piping thickness, unless otherwise stated in the
material specification)
ii)
Allowances for threads
iii)
Corrosion/erosion allowance (unless an effective coating system is applied) is to be in

accordance with specified design code/standard and 2/5.5 of this Guide, as applicable.
iv)
Fabrication allowance
Alternative Criteria
i)
ABS is prepared to consider other applicable design references, alternative design
methodology and industry practice for piping system and piping component designs, on a
case-by-case basis, with justifications through novel features as indicated in 1/7.7 of this
Guide.
ii)
Piping components whose dimensions are not specified by recognized codes/standards,

design details including dimensional drawings, stress calculations and material data are to
be submitted for ABS review and approval.
iii)
The extent of NDE, service temperatures, material ductility and special fabrication methods
are also to be considered for alternative design criteria.
3.3
Fittings and Valves

All piping components are to meet the applicable piping code and the additional requirements in this section.
3.5
Piping Joints and Connections (1 September 2012)

3.5.1
General
i)
Piping joints and connections greater than 50 DN (2 in. NPS) are to be made by butt-weld,
flanged or screwed union where the threads are not part of the sealing.
ii)
(1 September 2012) Box and pin joints for the choke and kill lines on drilling risers are
acceptable.
123
Section
iii)
iv)
3.5.2
Special flanges such as SAE split flanges, proprietary flanges/connections, etc.:

a)
Are not be used for well control systems
b)
Specially considered for other services, such as drilling support, and support systems,
on a case-by-case basis
Piping joints and connections not in accordance with design codes and standards will be
specially considered by ABS on a case-by-case basis.
Threaded Joints and Connections

i)
Threaded joints and connections are not to be used in systems subjected to bending or
vibrational loads.
ii)
iii)
All screwed joints or connections are to be evaluated, considering the following:
Pipe outer diameter and thread allowance
Fluid type, corrosion and fluid leakage risk
Transient excursions of vibration, pulsation and pressure
Threaded joints and connections can be utilized as permitted in the table below:
Type
Threaded connections
3.5.3
Not permitted
> 50 DN (2 in. NPS)
All
Not permitted
50 DN (2 in. NPS)
20.7 MPa (3000 psi)
As permitted by
design code
for instrumentations,
drains, vents
12 mm (0.5 in)
All
As permitted by
design code
where threads are not
used for sealing
50 DN (2 in. NPS)
All
As permitted by
design code
with seal weld
All
20.7 MPa (3000 psi)
As permitted by and
to be in compliance
with design code
Socket-welding of piping connections intended for corrosive, particularly sour services is

not to be used.
Type
Socket welds
124
Pressure
> 20.7 MPa (3000 psi)
Socket Welds
i)
All socket-welding connections are to be identified and specially approved by ABS.
ii)
3.5.4
Size
All
Size
Pressure
50 DN (2 in. NPS)
20.7 MPa (3000 psi)
As permitted by and
to be in compliance
with design code
> 50 DN (2 in. NPS)
All
Not permitted
Quick Connect Fittings

Hammer lock, hammer union or other quick connect type specialty fittings are to have a rated pressure
not less than the pipe system design pressure and are to conform to applicable piping codes or
alternative standards.
Section
3.7
Flexible Lines/Hydraulic Hoses (1 September 2012)

Typical uses for flexible lines and hydraulic hoses and their applicable design codes and standards are as
follows:
Well control
Choke and kill system flexible lines (surface/subsea)
Jumper lines (at subsea BOP stack)

Choke and kill in moonpool for subsea
Choke and kill for surface BOP stack
Auxiliary lines and drape hoses
API Spec 16C, API Spec 16F
API Spec 16F, API Spec 16C
Mud boost lines

Hydraulic conduits/Hot-line hoses (to BOP)
Buoyancy control line
Jumper lines (at subsea BOP stack)
Hydraulic hoses for control functions, fluid power and hydraulic

fluid transfers associated with well control
API Spec 16D

fluid transfers associated with choke control
API Spec 16C
Drilling systems and Support systems

Rotary and vibratory hoses
API Spec 7K
Cementing hoses
API Spec 7K

fluid transfers for drilling systems such as topdrive, drawworks,
riser tensioning, tubulars handling, etc.
ABS MODU Rules
Hydrocarbon Hoses for Well Testing

Hoses for hydrocarbon services
ABS Facilities Rules
Flexible lines and hydraulic hoses are to comply with the following general requirements:
i)
The hose body is to be secured to prevent falling or whipping in the event of a rupture or failure.
ii)
Hose assemblies which can pose risk to personnel upon end failure are to be properly restrained.
3.7.1
Design
3.7.1(a) Well Control
i)
Choke and kill flexible lines and auxiliary lines are to comply with the design, material,
quality control, and prototype testing, including burst testing requirements specified in API
Spec 16C, API Spec 16F, and the additional requirements specified in this Guide.
ii)
Drape hoses (moonpool lines) at the telescopic joint are to be able to accommodate the
relative movement between the riser and the drilling unit.
iii)
For subsea BOP stack, jumper lines at the flex/ball joints are be able to accommodate the
relative movement between the riser and the BOP stack.
iv)
Flexible lines for subsea services are to be designed to withstand the external pressure for
the operational depth without deforming.
125
Section
v)
Hydraulic hoses/assembly utilized for well control functions are to comply with the
requirements of applicable sections of the ABS MODU Rules (for surface hydraulic control
hoses only), API Spec 16D and recognized industry standards, such as SAE, National Fluid
Power Association, as applicable.
vi)
Flexible lines that are exposed to wellbore fluids are to consider gas permeation and
decompression in their designs.
3.7.1(b) Drilling System
3.7.2
i)
Hydraulic hoses/assembly utilized for drilling system control and hydraulic fluid transfer
are to comply with the requirements of applicable sections of the ABS MODU Rules,
recognized industry standards, such as SAE, National Fluid Power Association, as applicable.
ii)
Flexible lines or hydraulic hoses that are to be used in pneumatic service are to be designed
with consideration to decompression and permeation.
iii)
Rotary and vibratory hoses/assembly for drilling services are to comply with the design,
and manufactured to API Spec 7K, and the additional requirements specified in this
Guide, and be suitable for their intended service (temperature, fluid compatibility, etc.).
Fire Resistance
3.7.2(a) General
i)
Flexible lines/hydraulic hoses carrying flammable fluids, as defined in Subsection 1/27 of

this Guide, are to be fire-resistant in accordance with API Spec 16C.
ii)
All flexible lines/hydraulic hoses located in hazardous areas, irrespective of fluid category,
are to be fire-resistant, except as permitted in 5/3.7.2(c) below.
iii)
Fire resistance tests of flexible lines/hydraulic hoses are to be in accordance with API
Spec 16C and API Spec 16D and ISO 15540/15541, as applicable.
iv)
Hydraulic hoses are also to be in compliance with the applicable requirements of 4-2-1/11.29
of the ABS MODU Rules and Appendix 2 of the ABS Facilities Rules, as applicable.
3.7.2(b) Surface. For surface BOP stack, all flexible lines hydraulic hoses between the control
system and BOP stack are to comply with the following:
i)
Fire test requirements of API Spec 16D, including end connections.
ii)
To have RWP equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable.
3.7.2(c) Subsea. For subsea BOP stack:
3.7.3
i)
All flexible lines (except choke and kill lines) and MUX cables in the moonpool between
the control system and BOP are not required to meet the fire resistant requirements of API
Spec 16D and API Spec 16C, as applicable, on those installation with a autoshear and
deadman system installed.
ii)
All flexible lines/hydraulic hoses between the control system and BOP are to have RWP
equal to the RWP of the BOP control system, as applicable.
iii)
Moonpool choke and kill hoses or flexible lines and their end connections installed that
permit entry of gas or hydrocarbons, is to meet the design requirements, performance
verification and fire-resistance requirements in accordance with API Spec 16C.
iv)
Flexible lines/hydraulic hoses located subsea are not required to be fire-resistant.
End Connections
i)
End connections for flexible lines/hydraulic hoses are to be designed and fabricated to the
requirements of 5/3.1 this Guide and applicable recognized codes and standards.
ii)
126
End connections are to be considered as an integral part of the flexible line/hydraulic hose
assembly.
Section
3.7.4
Isolation Valves
Isolation valves are to be provided to prevent potential uncontrolled release of flowing medium
from flexible lines to minimize the hazard.
3.7.5
Materials
i)
Material requirements for flexible lines and hydraulic hoses, including end fittings when
exposed to wellbore fluids or a corrosive/erosive environment, are to be in accordance
with Section 5 and Section 6 of this Guide and applicable design codes and standards.
ii)
Nonmetallic materials used in the manufacturing of flexible line and/or hydraulic hose
assemblies are to be suitable for the intended service conditions such as temperature and
fluid compatibility.
Materials
(1 September 2012) Materials are to be in accordance with the applicable design codes and standards
referenced in this section, and the requirements of Section 6 of this Guide.
5.1
Toughness
Piping component toughness requirements are to be in accordance with Section 6 of this Guide.
5.3
Composite Materials (1 September 2012)

Composite materials where used in drilling piping system applications are to be of fire-resistant construction
and are to be designed and tested to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section X, and Appendix 1
of the ABS Facilities Rules.
Welding and NDE (1 September 2012)

Welding and NDE are to be in accordance with the applicable design codes and standards referenced in
this section, and the requirements of Section 7 of this Guide.
127
Section 6: Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment
SECTION

This section provides the requirements for drilling system equipment and/or component materials.
All materials are to be suitable for their intended service conditions and as defined by a recognized standard
and/or manufacturers material specifications.
Manufacturers material specifications are to be submitted for ABS review and approval.
1.1
Material Categories
Materials for drilling systems equipment/components are categorized as follows:
i)
ii)
iii)
Structural load-bearing component:

a)
Components supporting loads, N (lbf), due to hoisting, lifting, handling, or self/assembled

weight, etc.
b)
Structural load-bearing components are to comply with the requirements of Subsection 6/3
of this Guide.
Mechanical load-bearing component:

a)
Components transmitting, resisting, or converting loads, N (lbf)
b)
Mechanical load-bearing components are to comply with the requirements of Subsection 6/5
of this Guide.
Pressure-retaining equipment and piping component:

a)
Equipment/component under pressure load, MPa (psi)
b)
Pressure-retaining equipment or piping components are to comply with the requirements

of Subsection 6/7 of this Guide
1.3
Material Properties
To determine the suitability of a material to withstand design stresses, the ultimate tensile strength (UTS),
specified minimum yield strength (SMYS), elongation and reduction of area are to be specified in accordance
with recognized material standards.
1.5
Corrosion Sour Service

Materials used in drilling system equipment/components that can potentially be exposed to sour service
(H2S) are to comply with the following requirements:
1.7
128
i)
Materials that are exposed to well bore fluids are to be selected within appropriate limits of chemical
composition, heat treatment and hardness to resist sulfide stress cracking.
ii)
Selection of material is to be guided by the applicable part of NACE MR0175/ISO 15156: Materials
for use in H2S containing environment in oil and gas production.
Bolts and Nuts

Bolts and nuts are to have corrosion characteristics comparable to the structural elements being joined, and
are to be manufactured and tested in accordance with recognized material standards.
Section
Materials for Structural Load-Bearing Components (1 September 2012)

Materials utilized for hoisting (derrick, mast, etc.), lifting (cranes, etc.) or handling (BOP, tubulars, etc.)
structures are considered to be structural load-bearing.
Structural load-bearing materials are to comply with the following requirements:
i)
ii)
For hoisting and handling structures:

a)
For hoisting structures, the primary load-bearing structural members for the derrick and
mast are defined in 3/11.1.1iii) of this Guide.
b)
For handling structures, structural load-bearing members are considered as primary.
For lifting structures:

a)
3.1
Material applications and associated toughness requirements are to comply with the applicable
codes and standards, such as API Spec 2C, ABS Lifting Appliances Guide, or equivalent.
iii)
For guidance on the selection of steel for plates, shapes and structural pipe sections, reference is to
be made to recognized standards such as API RP 2A-WSD or Section 3-1-4 of the ABS MODU
Rules.
iv)
Any structural load-bearing components that are in the critical load path are to be considered as
primary.
Toughness
i)
Structural materials are to exhibit fracture toughness which is satisfactory for the intended applications
(hoisting, handling, lifting), as evidenced by appropriate Charpy V-notch (CVN) impact testing
results, and are to be based on the specified minimum design service temperature (MDST) and
materials specified minimum yield strength (SMYS), as specified in the table below.
ii)
Other CVN criteria or alternative test data, such as crack-tip opening displacement (CTOD), nil
ductility transition (NDT) temperature, or related service experience will be considered if submitted
to ABS prior to manufacturing.
129
Section
Category
MDST
Primary
10C (14F) and

above
CVN Value (ave) (1)
SMYS/Material
270 MPa (39 ksi)
Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at MDST
270 < SMYS 450 MPa
SMYS/10 (J) at MDST
(39 < SMYS 65 ksi)
or
[SMYS ((ksi)/1.45) * 0.7375] (ft-lb) at MDST
450 < SMYS 690 MPa

(65 < SMYS 100 ksi)
Primary
Primary
lower than
10C to 20C
(14F to 4F)
270 MPa (39 ksi)
lower than
20C (4F)
270 MPa (39 ksi)
(4)
270 < SMYS 690 MPa

(39 < SMYS 100 ksi)
(4)
SMYS/10 (J) at MDST

or
Minimum 27 J (20 ft-lb) at 10C (18F) below MDST
270 < SMYS 690 MPa

(39 < SMYS 100 ksi)
(4)
SMYS/10 (J) at 10C below MDST

or
[SMYS ((ksi)/1.45) * 0.7375] (ft-lb) at 18F below MDST
Non-primary
0C to 10C
(32F to 14F)
All
Non-primary
lower than
10C (14F)
270 MPa (39 ksi)
270 < SMYS 450 MPa
SMYS/10 (J) at MDST
(39 < SMYS 65 ksi)
or
450 < SMYS 690 MPa

(65 < SMYS 100 ksi)
Miscellaneous
(2)
Primary bolts and

nuts (3)
Notes:
3.3
130
(4)
lower than
20C (4F)
> 6.0 mm (0.236 in.)
As required for applications
Any
All
As required by material specifications at MDST
Individual value for each of the (3) test specimens cannot be less than 2/3 of the specified minimum average.
For miscellaneous structures, under the scope of this Guide, refer to items such as ladders, supports, walkways,
handrails, cable trays, and other ancillary structures. In general, materials for these structures are low in thickness
and are to be suitable for their intended application, as evidenced by previous satisfactory services.
Primary load-bearing structural bolts and nuts are to be produced to a material specification that requires Charpy
impact tests at, or below, the specified minimum design service temperature.
For materials with a specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of greater than 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch
properties are to be submitted for ABS review and consideration.
For materials with SMYS of greater than 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to be submitted for
ABS review and consideration.
Galvanizing
Materials for galvanized structures are to be fabricated and designed in accordance with industry-recommended
practices. Galvanizing procedures and/or process are to be in accordance with ASTM A143, A153, A384,
A385, BCSA 40/05, and/or other hot-dip galvanizing standards. The following are to be considered in the
development of galvanizing procedures and process:
High-strength steels with yields above 355 MPa (51 ksi)
Adequate venting and draining

Section
Double-dipping practices are not permitted, except in case of galvanizing tank size limitations
Trace elements in base metal and low Silicon weld consumables
No flame cut edges
Weld surface appearance free from undercuts, notches, etc.
Inspection before and after hot-dip galvanizing
Strain age embrittlement of cold-formed sections
Abrupt changes in cross section
Maximum CE of 0.44% (see CEZ calculation below) based upon the Product Analysis or if Ladle
Analysis then maximum specified chemistry values should be applied in the calculation. Steel which is
produced from scrap may contain trace elements that influence the susceptibility to hot dip galvanizing
cracking.
CEZ = C + Si/17 + Mn/7.5 + Cu/13 + Ni/17 + Cr/4.5 + Mo/3 + V/1.5 + Nb/2 + Ti/4.5 + 420B
Materials for Mechanical Load-Bearing Components (1 September 2012)

Materials for mechanical load-bearing components are to be selected in accordance to the applicable design
codes with consideration to toughness, corrosion resistance, and weldability, and be suitable for their intended
service conditions.
5.1
Toughness
Toughness testing for mechanical load-bearing components is to be performed in accordance with relevant
API or applicable recognized standards.
i)
Toughness testing procedures, size, locations and retesting (as applicable) are to be in accordance
with the applicable recognized standard.
ii)
Charpy V-Notch (CVN) impact testing is to be performed at the required temperature in the relevant
API or applicable standard or the minimum design temperature (MDT), whichever is lower.
iii)
For a specified MDT above 0C (32F), Charpy V-Notch impact testing is to be performed at 0C
(32F).
iv)
The absorbed energy requirement is to be in accordance with the relevant API or applicable recognized
standard.
v)
Material for mechanical load-bearing components not covered by, or not in full compliance with API
standards or applicable recognized standards, the following Charpy V-Notch criteria applies:
a)
b)
For materials with specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of 450 MPa (65 ksi) or below:
1)
SMYS (N/mm2)/10 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (J), but not less than 27 J
or
2)
SMYS [(ksi)/1.45] * 0.7375 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (ft-lb) but not
less than 20 ft-lb
For materials with a SMYS greater than 450 MPa (65 ksi) and less than or equal to 690 MPa
(100 ksi)
1)
c)
Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) = 45 J (33 ft-lb)
For materials with a specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of greater than 690 MPa
(100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to be submitted for ABS review and consideration.
vi)
vii)
It should be noted that other national and international regulatory bodies may have additional
requirements for toughness. ABS will include these additional toughness requirements in the scope
of the design review and fabrication inspection, as applicable, and/or as requested.
131
Section
Materials for Pressure-Retaining Equipment and Piping Components

(1 September 2012)
Materials for pressure-retaining equipment or piping components are to be selected in accordance to the
applicable design codes with consideration to toughness, corrosion resistance, and weldability, and to be
suitable for their intended service conditions.
7.1
Toughness
Toughness testing for pressure-retaining equipment or piping components is to be performed in accordance
with the relevant API, ASME or applicable recognized standard.
i)
Toughness testing procedures, size, locations and retesting (as applicable) are to be in accordance
with the applicable recognized standard.
ii)
Charpy V-Notch (CVN) impact testing is to be performed at the required temperature in the
relevant API, ASME or applicable standard or the minimum design temperature (MDT), whichever
is lower.
iii)
For a specified MDT above 0C (32F), Charpy V-Notch impact testing is to be performed at 0C
(32F).
iv)
The absorbed energy requirement is to be in accordance with the relevant API, ASME or applicable
recognized standard.
v)
Materials for pressure-retaining equipment or piping components not covered by, or not in full
compliance with API, ASME or applicable recognized standards, the following Charpy V-Notch
criteria apply:
a)
b)
c)
For materials with specified minimum yield strength (SMYS) of 450 MPa (65 ksi) or below:
1)
SMYS (N/mm2)/10 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (J), but not less than 27 J
or
2)
SMYS [(ksi)/1.45] * 0.7375 = Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) (ft-lb), but not
less than 20 ft-lb
For materials with a SMYS above 450 MPa (65 ksi) to 690 MPa (100 ksi):
1)
Minimum Absorbed Energy (ave) = 50 J (39 ft-lb)
2)
In addition, lateral expansion opposite the notch is not to be less than 0.38 mm
(0.015 in.).
For materials with a SMYS above 690 MPa (100 ksi), Charpy V-Notch properties are to
be submitted for consideration.
1)
132
In addition, lateral expansion opposite the notch is not to be less than 0.38 mm
(0.015 in.).
vi)
vii)
It should be noted that other national and international regulatory bodies may have additional
requirements for toughness. ABS will include these additional toughness requirements in the scope
of the design review and fabrication inspection, as applicable, and/or as requested.
Section
Fabrication Considerations
9.1
Welding
Welding of drilling equipment and/or components is to comply with the following requirements:
9.3
i)
Welding is to be in accordance with the specified design/manufacturing code and Section 7 of this
Guide.
ii)
(1 September 2012) Weldments hardness, weld metal and/or heat-affected zone (HAZ), subject to
sour (H2S) service are to be in compliance with NACE MR0175/ISO 15156.
Forming
Forming of materials utilized in drilling equipment and/or components are to comply with the following
requirements:
i)
In general, for steel components, forming at temperatures around 205C (400F) is to be avoided.
ii)
Where degradation of properties is unavoidable, complete post forming heat treatment may be
required.
iii)
Suitable supporting data is to be provided to indicate compliance with the specified properties.
iv)
For materials with specified toughness properties that are to be formed beyond 3% strain* on the outer
fiber, data are to be provided indicating that the toughness properties meet the minimum requirements
after forming.
v)
After straining, specimens used in toughness tests are to be subjected to an artificial aging treatment
of 288C (550F) for one hour.
* Note:
For details, see 2-4-1/3.13 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2).
11
Primary Product Form
11.1

Wrought and cast products are to be procured in accordance with written specifications that, in addition to
property requirements, specify the frequency, location, orientation and types of test specimens.
Specific nondestructive examination requirements may be required for some product forms. See Subsection
7/11 of this Guide.
It is the equipment or component manufacturers responsibility to ensure the material manufacturers and/or
their sub-suppliers/vendors comply with the following requirements:
11.3
i)
Sub-suppliers/vendors have an accredited and effective quality control system to meet the materials
specifications and manufacturing requirements in accordance with requirements as referenced in
the design codes and standards.
ii)
Material tests are carried out by accredited test facilities to recognized standards.
iii)
Material testing is performed in accordance with the requirements of the applicable material
specifications and in accordance with the design codes and standards.
iv)
Materials certificates are valid for the materials they represent.
v)
NDE is carried out by qualified personnel in accordance with requirements as referenced in the
design codes and standards, such as ISO 9712, ASNT, EN 473, etc.
Rolled Products
Plates, shapes and bars may be supplied in the as-rolled, thermo-mechanically processed, normalized, or
quenched and tempered condition, depending on the intended application.
133
Section
11.5
11.7
Forgings (1 September 2012)

Forged products for pressure-retaining and load-bearing components are to comply with the following
requirements:
i)
To be supplied in a fully worked condition to provide a wrought microstructure and internal soundness.
A forging reduction ratio of not less than 3:1 will be considered as meeting this requirement.
ii)
Where a net change in the cross section does not occur during a portion of the forging operation, the
hot-working ratio representing that portion will be evaluated as a complement to the forging reduction
ratio.
a)
Samples for testing are to be taken from integrally forged coupons, appropriately designed
separately forged coupons or a sacrificial forged.
b)
These coupons are to be subjected to the same heat treatment as the forging.
Castings (1 September 2012)

Cast products are to be supplied in a heat-treated condition. Samples for testing are to be taken from integrally
cast coupons or appropriately designed separately cast coupons.
These coupons are to be subjected to the same heat treatment as the casting.
13
Sealing Materials
13.1
Elastomeric Sealants
i)
(1 September 2012) Materials used for sealing are to be suitable for the intended operating pressures,
temperatures, and operating mediums.
ii)
13.3
Age-sensitive materials for critical components are to have a defined storage life and be identified in
storage as to month and year of manufacture.
Ring Joint Gaskets

i)
Ring joint gaskets are to be of soft iron, low carbon steel or stainless steel, as required by the design
standard.
ii)
Gaskets that are coated with a protective coating material such as fluorocarbon or rubber for shipment
and storage are to have the coatings removed prior to installation.
15
Materials and Traceability (1 September 2012)
15.1
Materials
i)
All materials used for structural load-bearing, mechanical load-bearing components, pressureretaining equipment/component, and piping are to be furnished with material manufacturer/ mills
documentation (e.g., material test reports (MTR), etc.) stating, as a minimum, the following, as
applicable:
134
Material specification
Process of manufacture
Product heat number/batch number
Chemical and mechanical properties, including testing standard(s)
Heat treatment temperatures and time at temperature
Charpy impact values and temperatures, including testing standard.
Hardness test readings (as applicable to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156), including testing standard
Certification by the material manufacturer/mill of compliance with the applicable recognized

material specification or manufacturers written specification
Section
ii)
15.3
Test coupons are required for each heat treatment for verification of mechanical properties to the
manufacturers written specification and/or industry standards.
Traceability
Traceability through the manufacturing process is to be documented on major structural load-bearing,
mechanical load-bearing components and pressure-retaining equipment. The manufacturers are responsible
for maintaining this documentation on file and, upon request, are to provide this information to ABS.
The traceability documentation is to include:
i)
Certified material test reports, see 6/15.1i).
ii)
Manufacturing Processes:
Welding records with all approved qualifications
Post weld heat treatment
NDE results
Hardness test results (as applied to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156)
Dimensional check results
Hydrostatic pressure tests
135
Section 7: Welding and Nondestructive Examination
SECTION

Welding and nondestructive examination (NDE) are to be qualified and performed in accordance with the
equipment or component design codes and standards.
1.1
Welding
i)
1.3
Mechanical testing are to be performed in accordance with recognized standards
Inspections of welds to applicable NDE procedures by qualified NDE technicians in accordance

with recognized standards
ii)
The Surveyor can accept, at his discretion, welding procedures and welder qualifications at shipyard
or manufacturing plant where it is established to his satisfaction that they have been qualified and
effectively used for similar work under similar conditions.
iii)
The Surveyor is to be satisfied that all welders and welding operators to be employed in the
manufacturing of systems, subsystems, equipment or components are properly qualified and
experienced in the work proposed.
iv)
The Surveyor is also to be satisfied as to the employment of a sufficient number of skilled supervisors
to provide a thorough supervision and control of all welding operations.
Nondestructive Examination (NDE)

i)
Weld sections within pressure-retaining equipment, piping systems, mechanical load-bearing and
structural components are to be examined for surface and volumetric flaws to the extent specified
in the applicable design code, but not to a lesser extent than that specified in this section.
ii)
All welds in the pressure boundary of pressure-retaining equipment, piping systems, mechanical
load-bearing and structural components are to be manufactured using qualified or ABS-approved
welding procedures and welders in accordance with the applicable equipment or component design
codes and standards. This is to include the following provisions as associated with welding procedure
and welder qualifications, as applicable:
Inspection of welds, utilizing methods outlined in this section, is to be carried out to the satisfaction
of the Surveyor.
Specifications
Welding Procedure Specification (WPS), corresponding Procedure Qualification Record (PQR), and
Nondestructive Examination (NDE) procedures are to be submitted for review as part of the design submittal
as required in Subsection 2/7 and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
136
i)
WPS, PQR and NDE procedures are to be developed in accordance with the requirements of the
selected design codes for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components for the
intended service.
ii)
The requirements and extent of NDE are to be in accordance with the requirements of the selected
design codes for the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and/or components.
Section
3.1
Welding Procedure Specification

A written WPS is to be prepared in accordance with Section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,
or ANSI/AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code, or equivalent, depending on the equipment or component.
i)
The WPS is to describe in detail all essential and nonessential variables to the welding process(es)
employed in the procedure.
ii)
Welding procedure specifications are to be qualified and the PQR documenting the following data
is to be made available to the attending Surveyors:
Maximum hardness values (for well bore fluid service)
Minimum and average toughness values for weld heat-affected zone and weld metal (absorbed
energy or lateral expansion, both by Charpy method, where the base metal is required to be
impact-tested in accordance with Sections 3 or 6 of this Guide)
Minimum tensile strength
Results from other tests required by the applicable code or standard
iii)
Where welding equipment and consumables have not been used previously at the manufacturers
facility or are outside of the essential variable limits defined in the existing WPS or if specifically
requested by the attending Surveyor, the WPS is to be qualified by welding procedure qualification
process in the presence of the Surveyor.
iv)
The qualification process may require the submittal of relative WPS and supporting PQRs to the
ABS Technical office for review and agreement.
3.3
NDE Procedures
NDE procedures are to be specified and the parameters of test specification (method), extent of examination
and acceptance criteria are to be submitted for review and be available to the attending Surveyor.
Welder/Welding Operator Qualification

Welders and welding operators are to be qualified by qualification tests conducted and evaluated in accordance
with the applicable code for each welding process and for each position used in production welding.
Welder/welding operator qualification records are to be made available to the Surveyor.
Qualification of Nondestructive Technicians

The manufacturers are to certify that personnel performing and evaluating the NDE examinations have
been qualified and certified in accordance with their employers written practice.
i)
American Society for Nondestructive Testing (ASNT) Recommended Practice No. SNT-TC-1A or
equivalent is to be used as a guideline for employers to establish their written practice for qualification
and certification of their personnel.
ii)
Certification documents of NDE technicians are to be made available to the Surveyor.
Post Weld Heat Treatment

Accurate records of all heat treatments during fabrication, including rates of heating and cooling, hold time
and soaking temperature are to be made available to the Surveyor.
Alternative methods of stress relief will be subject to special consideration by ABS where post-weld heat
treatment is not a requirement of the applicable manufacturing code.
137
Section
11
(1 September 2012) All weldments and other critical sections covered under Subsection 7/1 of this Guide are
to be subjected to 100% visual examination, and nondestructive examination for surface and volumetric
defects in accordance with the relevant design code, the ABS NDE Guide, and this Guide.
Examinations are to be carried out after any postweld heat treatment.
11.1
11.3
Extent of Examination for Materials and Welds

The extent of NDE for materials and welds is to comply with the following requirements:
i)
(1 September 2012) All highly-stressed areas, such as gross structural discontinuities, changes in
geometry, sharp edges/corners, etc., of forgings and castings of primary components used in well
control are to be examined for flaws by methods capable of detecting and sizing significant internal
defects.
ii)
Methods to detect surface flaws are also to be used in special applications. Substantiation is to be
provided for areas exempted from examination in the terms of stress levels, quality control procedures
at the foundry, forming or casting procedures, or documented historical data.
iii)
Repair welds are to be subject to 100% surface NDE.
iv)
(1 September 2012) All welds of structural members considered primary are to be inspected 100%
by the ultrasonic or radiographic method.
v)
(1 September 2012) Twenty percent of all welds of structural members considered non-primary
are to be inspected by the ultrasonic or radiographic method.
vi)
Welds of structural members considered to be secondary are to be inspected by the ultrasonic or

radiographic method on a random basis.
vii)
In locations where ultrasonic test results are not considered reliable, the use of magnetic-particle
or dye-penetrant inspection as a supplement to ultrasonic inspection is to be conducted.
viii)
Welds for mechanical load-bearing components or pressure-retaining equipment are to be examined

by nondestructive methods capable of detecting and sizing significant surface and internal defects.
Inspection for Delayed (Hydrogen-Induced) Cracking (1 September 2012)

11.3.1 Time of Inspection
i)
138
Nondestructive testing of weldments in steels of 415 N/mm2 (60,000 psi) specified minimum
yield strength (SMYS) or greater is to be conducted at a suitable interval after welds have
been completed and cooled to ambient temperature. The following guidance of interval is
to be used, unless specially approved otherwise:
a)
Minimum 48 hours of interval time for steels of 415 MPa (60,000 psi) SMYS or
greater but less than 620 MPa (90,000 psi) SMYS
b)
Minimum 72 hours of interval time for steel greater than or equal to 620 MPa
(90,000 psi) SMYS
ii)
At the discretion of the Surveyor, a longer interval and/or additional random inspection at
a later period may be required. The 72 hour interval may be reduced to 48 hours for
radiographic inspection or ultrasonic inspection, provided a complete visual and random
magnetic particle or dye-penetrant inspection to the satisfaction of the Surveyor is conducted
72 hours after welds have been completed and cooled to ambient temperature.
iii)
The delay period for steels less than 450 MPa (65,000 psi) and less than 12 mm (0.47 in.)
thick may be decreased to 24 hours if the heat input applied during welding is less than
3.5 kJ/mm and there is satisfactory evidence that there is no hydrogen cracking occurring
after 48 hours.
Section
11.3.2 Delayed Cracking Occurrences

i)
When delayed cracking is encountered in production, previously completed welds are to
be reinspected for delayed cracking to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
ii)
11.5
At the discretion of the Surveyor, re-qualification of procedures or additional production

control procedures may be required for being free of delayed cracking in that production
welds.
Methods and Acceptance Criteria

(1 September 2012) The methods for performing the nondestructive examination and the acceptance standards
to be used for each type of examination, in general, are to be in accordance with the applicable design codes
and standards and the requirements as specified below, as applicable:
11.5.1 Magnetic Particle Examination (1 September 2012)
i)
Methods:
ii)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V Article 7: Magnetic Particle
Examination
ASTM E709: Standard Recommended Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination
Acceptance Criteria:
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 6: Methods
for Magnetic Particle Examination (MT)
ANSI/AWS D1.1: Structural Welding Code Steel Clause 6 Part C
11.5.2 Liquid Penetrant Examination

i)
Methods:
ii)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V Article 6: Liquid Penetrant
Examination
ASTM E165: Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 8: Methods
for Liquid Penetrant Examination (PT)
11.5.3 Radiographic Examination

i)
Methods:
ii)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section V Article 2: Radiographic

Examination
ASTM E94: Standard Guide for Radiographic Examination
ASTM E446: Standard Reference Radiographs for Steel Castings up to 2 in. in

Thickness
ASTM E186: Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy Walled (2 to 4.5 in.)
(51 to 114 mm) Steel Castings
ASTM E280: Standard Reference Radiographs for (4.5 to 12 in.) (114 to 305 mm)
Steel Castings
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 4: Rounded
Indications Charts Acceptance Standard for Radiographically Determined Rounded
Indications in Welds.
139
Section
11.5.4 Ultrasonic Examination

i)
Methods:
ii)
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section V, Article 5: UT Examination Methods
for Materials and Fabrication
ASTM A388: Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Heavy Steel Forgings
ASTM E428: Standard Practice for Fabrication and Control of Steel Reference Blocks
Used in Ultrasonic Inspection
ASTM A609: Standard Practice for Casting, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic
Stainless Steel, Ultrasonic Examination Thereof
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Div. 1, Appendix 12: Ultrasonic
Examination of Welds (UT)
API RP-2X: Ultrasonic Examination of Offshore Structural Fabrication and Guidelines

for Qualification of Ultrasonic Technicians
11.5.5 Hardness Testing

i)
Methods:
ii)
ASTM E10: Standard Test Methods for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials
ASTM E18: Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial
Hardness of Metallic Materials
ASTM E92: Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness of Metallic Materials
13
NACE MR0175/ISO 1515: Materials for use in H2S containing environments in oil
and gas production
Record Retention
The manufacturer(s) is to maintain the following records after completion, and these records are to be
made available to the Surveyor upon request:
140
i)
Weld Procedure Specification (WPS)
ii)
Procedure Qualification Records (PQR)
iii)
Welder/welding operator performance test records, including the date and test results and identification
of work assigned to each welder
iv)
A record providing traceability and capable of identifying the welders who have carried out welding
on a particular part
v)
Qualification records for all personnel performing nondestructive examinations and evaluating
results of examination
vi)
Nondestructive Examination records, including radiographs (the manufacturer is to provide a suitable

viewer to properly illuminate radiographs)
Section 8: Surveys at Vendors Plant, During Installation and Commissioning
SECTION
Surveys at Vendors Plant, During Installation

and Commissioning
General
This section pertains to surveys of drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or components at the vendors
manufacturing plant and their installation onboard the drilling unit for system build-up and completion for
final trials prior to commencement of drilling operations.
Surveys at Manufacture and During Assembly

When the Surveyors attendance at the manufacturers plant and at the assembly site is required by the
applicable ABS Rules or this Guide, the manufactured/assembled system and/or equipment will be verified
for satisfactory compliance with the codes and/or standards, and the additional requirements of this Guide.
See Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide for drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component fabrication
survey and testing requirements.
i)
ii)
(1 September 2012) It is recommended that a prefabrication or kick-off meeting between the

manufacturer/fabricator and ABS-designated Surveyor(s) is to be scheduled in order, but not
limited to:
Confirm and/or establish the main point of contacts (PoC) for the manufacturer and ABS
Review the project quality plans
Review proposed manufacturing specification - See 2/2.27 of this Guide, as applicable
Review project manufacturing and delivery schedules
Review any proposed sub-contractor lists and/or qualifications
Confirm specification, drawings and/or documentation associated with the manufacturing process
ABS Surveyors attendance is typically for the following purposes, but not limited to:
(1 September 2012) To confirm that the facilities to manufacture, fabricate or repair drilling
system subsystem, equipment, and/or components have an accredited and maintain an effective
quality control program covering design, procurement, manufacturing and testing, as
applicable, and meeting the requirements of a recognized standard applied to their product
To qualify or verify welders qualifications to the extent deemed necessary by the attending
ABS Surveyor
To qualify or verify welding procedure specifications and corresponding weld procedure

qualification records to the extent deemed necessary by the attending ABS Surveyor
To verify material certificates/documentation
To survey fit-up prior to major weldments
To survey final weldments
To witness, as far as deemed necessary, nondestructive examination tests of welds and to review
records of nondestructive examinations
141
Section
iii)
3.1
Surveys at Vendors Plant, During Installation and Commissioning
To review records of post-weld heat treatment, in particular for piping subjected to pressurized
sour service and subject to NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 requirements
To verify dimensions are as shown on approved drawings
To check dimensional tolerances and alignment of mating surfaces
To witness prototype testing of drilling equipment or components in accordance with the

applicable API requirements. For drilling equipment of an existing design, documentation of
prototype testing is to be made available to the Surveyor for consideration.
To witness pressure and/or proof-load testing of equipment and as a unit, as applicable and as
specified in the fabrication procedures
To witness final testing and functional testing of subassemblies and completed units, as specified
in the fabrication procedures
To verify all purged and pressurized systems, motor controllers, SCR banks, consoles and
instrumentation and control panels are in compliance with approved drawings
(1 September 2012) To carry out other examinations as agreed upon during prefabrication meeting
(1 September 2012) To confirm compliance with associated ABS approval letter or IRC.
(1 September 2012) To review and approve final manufacturing Data Book and issue final
survey report and CoC, as applicable.
(1 September 2012) Materials test reports (MTRs), see Subsection 6/15, are to be made available to
the attending Surveyor during the manufacturing process. In general, materials associated with
equipment and/or components that require Surveyors attendance in accordance with Section 4,
Table 1, are to have complete traceability with MTRs. As a minimum, MTRs are to be provided
for the following:
Materials for structural-load bearing components
Materials for mechanical-load bearing components
Materials for pressure-retaining equipment/components
All piping, valves and fittings with an ANSI B16.5 Class 150 or greater
All bolts and nuts for fastening and/or connections
Testing of Well Control Equipment and BOPs

The testing conducted at the manufacturers plant and witnessed by the Surveyor for all well control equipment
and BOPs is to include the following:
i)
Prototype testing in accordance with API Spec 16A of each design is to be performed in the presence
of the Surveyor.
ii)
A hydrostatic body or shell test, hydraulic operating system test and closed preventer test in accordance
with API Spec 16A. All tests are to be documented by a chart recorder.
iii)
Shear ram test to verify shear capacity is required in accordance with 3/3.1.3vii) of this Guide and
API Spec 16A, as applicable.
iv)
The manufacturer is to test well control equipment that incorporates a dynamic mode of sealing for
low-pressure integrity at 2.07 MPa (300 psi).
Additional testing requirements are to be in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
142
Section
3.3
Testing of Marine Drilling Riser System and Associated Components (1 September

2012)
Components of the marine drilling riser system such as the connectors, tensioning unit, riser recoil system,
telescopic joint, service lines, etc. (except risers) are to be thoroughly tested to ascertain their compliance
with design requirements and their compatibility in forming the complete system.
i)
Hydrostatic testing of components is to be carried out at the manufacturers plant or rebuilding.
ii)
The number of riser joints tested will be as specified in the approved design of the manufacturer,
as required in this Guide. See Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide for additional testing requirements.
3.5
Testing of Drill String Compensation System

Individual equipment and/or components of the drill string compensation system are to be tested in accordance
with the applicable codes and standards, and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
3.7
Testing of Bulk Storage, Circulating and Transfer Systems

Individual equipment and/or components of the bulk storage, circulating, and transfer systems are to be tested
in accordance with the applicable codes and standards, and Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
3.9
Testing of Hoisting, Lifting, Rotating, and Handling Systems (1 September 2012)

Individual equipment and/or components of the hoisting, lifting, rotating, and handling systems are to be tested
(load test, functional test) in accordance with the applicable codes and standards and Section 4, Table 1 of this
Guide.
For tubular handling systems, the following additional testing is to be performed:
3.11
i)
Mechanized tubular handling systems must have their safety controls verified on computer-based
racking systems.
ii)
Indexing of all mechanical movement must be verified by operational testing. This procedure is to
be carried out in all available fingerboard configurations, and system safety verified.
Testing of Well Test Equipment

Survey of well test system, temporary or permanent, and equipment are to be in compliance with the
applicable requirements of this Guide, the ABS Facilities Rules and the ABS Guide for Well Test Systems,
and are to include, but not limited to, the following:
i)
Installation and testing of well test equipment is to be witnessed by Surveyor upon installation of
the equipment.
ii)
Surveys onboard will verify that the production test plan and procedures are being observed. As a
minimum, tests and inspection are to be as follows:
Pressure-retaining equipment will be inspected visually and a hydrostatic test performed.
Arrangements of equipment and piping will be inspected visually to determine accessibility of

controls.
Electrical equipment will be inspected for condition, suitability for operation and effectiveness
of controls.
Surface safety systems will be tested to determine if the pressure, level and temperature
transducers are in proper working order.
Fire-fighting equipment will be inspected for condition and arrangements will be surveyed to
determine accessibility of all process areas for fire-fighting purposes.
143
Section
3.13
Testing of Skid Structures

Where an equipment/component is to be mounted on a skid structure, an ABS Surveyors attendance is
required to verify that the skid structure is in compliance with ABS reviewed structural design calculations
as referenced in Subsection 3/23 of this Guide, and to at least carry out the following:
i)
Verify material test reports (MTRs) of skid materials.
ii)
Visual examination of final weldments of skid structure.
iii)
(1 September 2012) Witness load testing of the skid structure lifting attachments/lugs or padeyes.
Load test of the skid is to be carried out at maximum static load the lifting attachments/lugs or
padeyes may be subjected to during the transportation or installation of the equipment/machinery
onboard the unit (see 3/11.5.4).
iv)
(1 September 2012) Witness surface NDE of skid structure weldments of the lifting attachments/lugs
or padeyes, after completion of the skid structure load test. MT is recommended for NDE
methodology for surface flaw detection.
v)
Examination of drip pan arrangements (see 3/23.3).
Onboard Surveys During Installation

Onboard installation tests of all drilling systems are to be verified by an ABS Surveyor and are to be in
accordance with ABS-agreed test procedures. The following surveys are to be carried out by ABS Surveyors
on systems during installation and testing in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this Guide.
i)
Piping systems are to be visually examined, nondestructively examined and pressure-tested, as required
by the ABS MODU Rules or applicable API standards.
ii)
Pressure tests conducted on Group I piping systems (refer to 4-2-1/5 of the ABS MODU Rules)
are to be preferably recorded on test charts for the duration of their tests. Minimum time for
holding pressure is to be 15 minutes.
iii)
All pressure relief and safety valves are to be tested.
iv)
Installed choke and kill systems are to be pressure-tested at rated working pressure and also subjected
to a low-pressure test at 2.07 MPa (300 psi). Applicable performance tests are to be carried out.
v)
Assembly and installation of the drilling derrick is to be examined, to include erection of derrick
structure, welding and bolt torqueing, water table, crown block and turn-over sheaves assembly,
guide rails for hoisting equipment, derrick-mounted equipment and outfitting items, installation
and pressure testing of drilling and related piping systems, overall dimensional control, and final
alignment and bolting on the drill floor/substructure foundations.
vi)
Derrick:
a)
Assembled and installed derrick is to be visually examined, including welding and bolting,
torqueing, its water table, crown block and turnover sheaves assembly, guide rails for hoisting
equipment, derrick-mounted equipment, and outfitting items.
b)
Derrick dimensional control, final alignment and bolting on the drill floor/substructure
foundations are to comply with manufacturers specifications and tolerances.
c)
API Spec 4F does not require load test of the derrick structure unless specified in the clients
PO as per the supplementary requirements Appendix A SR2 of the API Specification.
In this regard, this Guide does not require load testing of the derrick.
vii)
Mud pump operational test is to be carried out in accordance with a test procedure agreed by the
attending Surveyor.
viii)
Drawworks: (1 September 2012)

As a minimum, the following tests are to be performed for all drawworks in accordance with the
ABS-approved OEMs test specifications that are also to include the OEMs acceptance criteria
(see 2/7.27):
144
Section
a)
b)
Drawwork static load test, at vendor or onboard installation:

1)
See Section 4, Table 1 for test load requirements.
2)
On self-elevating units, deflection testing of the cantilever may also qualify as

the static and structural testing of drawworks.
3)
On column-stabilized or surface type units, where a full rated load test may constitute
increased risk or a safety concern to the unit or personnel, alternative testing methods
such as load testing at a reduced number of lines with corresponding rated load
may be considered on a case-by-case basis. Request for such consideration is to
be submitted to ABS and agreed upon prior to commencement of the test.
Brake test, at vendor or onboard installation:

1)
2)
3)
Brake burnishing test. Burnishing test is to be performed for the primary brake
with consideration to brakes clamping force, drum speed, RPM, or motor speed.
The following tasks are to be performed:
Temperature at calipers and motor are to be monitored and recorded.
The burnishing results such as percentage of lining contact, bright surface,

etc., are to be monitored and recorded.
Verification of gapping, the distance between the brakes and the brake discs,
is to be performed and recorded.
Brake verification. After the brake burnishing test, item 8/5viii)b)1), individual
verification of each caliper is to be performed, as applicable, under drum/motor load.
Motor amperage and voltage, hydraulic pressure, and loads, as applicable,

associated with caliper slippage are to be monitored and recorded.
Each caliper must demonstrate adequate capacity as designed.
Dynamic/Performance brake holding test. Dynamic/performance brake holding

test is to be performed at 100% rated load for a period of at least 5 minutes for
the primary brake. This test is to include, but not limited to, the following:
Drawwork is to stop its rotation within the timeframe as specified in the

approved OEMs specifications, including the specified applied voltage and
amperage
Monitor and confirm brake holding capability including the caliper pressure,
as specified in the approved OEMs specification.
Monitor and record caliper pressure, temperature, and fluid flow.
Visual inspection of brakes and hydraulic leakage are to be performed.
The dynamic/performance brake holding test may be carried out by using a reduced
number of lines with corresponding rated load and in accordance with the drawworks
approved OEMs testing procedures/specifications.
4)
5)
Emergency brake test:
Performed at 100% rated load
Simulate loss of hydraulic supply or primary brake failure.
Verify hydraulic, or air release spring set is functional.
Electromagnetic brake test:
Electromagnetic braking system tests are to be performed for compliance

with approved OEMs specifications.
Additional provisions of the drawworks electromagnetic braking system are

provided in 3/11.3.1xii).
145
Section
c)
Functional test, at vendor or onboard installation:

1)
Rotational check:
2)
146
Rotational test: Rotational test is to be performed at 100% rated drum/motor

speed in both directions for a period of at least five minutes. Repeat this step three (3)
times or in accordance with OEM specifications. The following are to be monitored
and recorded for each test:
Bearing temperature for motor, gearbox and drum
Gearbox temperature
Drum temperature
ix)
(1 September 2012) Systems, subsystems, equipment and component associated with tensioning
system and compensation system are to be tested in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this
Guide.
x)
(1 September 2012) Systems, subsystems, equipment and component associated with all hoisting,
lifting, handling and rotating systems are to be tested in accordance with Section 4, Table 1 of this
Guide.
xi)
(1 September 2012) All drilling systems and associated subsystems and equipment are to be checked
for proper operation.
xii)
Control system and shutdowns are to be tested to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
xiii)
All wiring and electrical connections are to be checked for continuity and proper workmanship in
accordance with the ABS MODU Rules.
xiv)
(1 September 2012) The CDS equipment database developed and completed by the attending
Surveyor(s) after manufacturing, installation and commissioning of the drilling system is to be
provided to the drilling unit Owner and retained onboard. The Owner is to:
xv)
5.1
Verify rotation for both directions.
a)
Verify for completeness and correctness;
b)
Amend and update, as necessary, to facilitate equipment or components traceability as related

to repair, maintenance, replacement and/or modification activities;
c)
Endorse as part of the onboard ABS documentation, and
d)
Maintain the database as long as the drilling system is maintained under ABS Classification.
The completed burner assembly is to be pressure-tested from the flexible line connection flange to
the burner head. The adequacy of the booms slewing and topping gear is to be demonstrated by
testing after the booms installation on the drilling unit. The details of the test procedure are to be
agreed upon with ABS and witnessed by a Surveyor.
Testing of Base-mounted Winches and Other Lifting Appliances

Testing of base-mounted winches and other lifting appliances are to comply with the following requirements
and procedures:
i)
Load Test After installation, the system is to be tested with a load equal to 125% of the rated
capacity in the presence of the Surveyor. Satisfactory operation of power drives and brakes is to
be demonstrated. After being tested, the system with all its components is to be visually examined
for permanent deformation and failure.
ii)
Performance Test Testing in the presence of the Surveyor is to demonstrate that rated line pull
can be achieved at rated speed with the outermost layer of wire on the drum.
iii)
Brake Holding Test It is to be demonstrated that the brakes have the ability to stop and hold
100% of the design load. Confirmatory testing to demonstrate the braking effect of variable frequency
drive AC motors is to be carried out upon installation onboard.
Section
5.3
Testing of Burner/Flare Boom

The adequacy of the booms slewing and topping gear is to be demonstrated by testing after the booms
installation on the drilling unit. The details of the test procedure are to be agreed upon with ABS and
witnessed by a Surveyor.
Functional testing of the completed burner assembly is to be carried out by pressure testing from the
flexible line connection flange to the burner head.
Commissioning Surveys of the Drilling Systems

Commissioning of all drilling systems is to be verified by an attending ABS Surveyor and is to be in accordance
with ABS-agreed test procedures. Commissioning surveys are at a minimum to include verification of the
following items by the attending Surveyor during the drilling system trials:
i)
Proper hook-up and testing of the entire drilling system equipment and components is completed
prior to commissioning. This is to include all tests outlined in Subsection 8/5 of this Guide.
ii)
Necessary safety precautions are taken during commissioning, which are to include checks of
operational readiness of the fire and gas detection system, fire extinguishing system, ESD systems,
unobstructed escape routes, etc.
iii)
Necessary communication procedures are established prior to commissioning.
iv)
Necessary emergency procedures are readily available to deal with any contingencies such as
spillage, fire, and other hazards. Drills prior to commencement of commissioning may be carried
out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor to confirm readiness of these procedures.
v)
Readiness of all utility support systems, including main and auxiliary sources for the drilling system,
prior to commissioning. Random start-up and testing of the utility support systems to extent deemed
necessary by the attending Surveyor.
vi)
Readiness of the purged drilling system equipment/components, and associated alarms and shutdowns,
prior to commissioning, and random testing of the purged alarms systems during commissioning,
to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor.
vii)
Proper operation of the mud level alarms while the drilling system is running, including random
simulation of associated alarms.
viii)
Proper operation of the hazardous area access and ventilation system while the drilling system is
running, including random simulation of associated alarms and shutdowns.
ix)
Systems capability to control the flow of the well affluent in a stabilized manner, without undue
control upsets, when drilling medium is introduced into the system.
x)
Satisfactory functioning of all drilling systems installed onboard and covered under this Guide.
This will include witnessing proper function of the following systems, as applicable, while simulating
actual drilling operations to the extent possible and practicable, and to the satisfaction of the attending
Surveyor:
xi)
Well control system
Marine drilling riser system
Drill string compensation system
Bulk storage, circulating and transfer system
(1 September 2012) Hoisting, lifting, rotating and handling system
Well test system
Miscellaneous support systems
Satisfactory testing of all ROV intervention functions on the subsea BOP stack during the stump
test and testing at least one set of rams in initial test to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
147
Section
148
xii)
Satisfactory functional testing of autoshear, deadman, and EDS systems on the subsea BOP stack
during the stump test to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
xiii)
Starting up of the permanent well test system, if applicable, including precautions taken to eliminate
the risk of explosion or fire.
xiv)
Post-commissioned drilling system is in stabilized and satisfactory functioning order for duration
of at least 12 hours.
xv)
Satisfactory functioning of the emergency power equipment to ensure proper operations.
Section 9: Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class
SECTION
Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of

Class

The provisions of this section are requirements for the maintenance of Classification of the drilling systems.
These requirements are in addition to the provisions noted in other ABS Rules such as Part 6 of the ABS
MODU Rules.
When ABS is authorized to perform surveys on behalf of a governmental authority, or when requested by the
Owner/Operator, items as specified by the governmental authority or Owner/Operator will be surveyed.
Reports indicating the results of such surveys will be issued.
For purposes of this section, the commissioning date of the drilling system will be the date on which a
Surveyor issues an Interim Class Certificate for the drilling unit with the CDS notation.
1.1
1.3
Survey Intervals
All Annual and Special Periodical Surveys of Drilling Systems/Equipment, as defined in 9/5.1 and 9/5.3,
respectively, of this Guide, are to be carried out at the same time and interval as the periodical Classification
survey of the drilling unit in order that they are recorded with the same crediting date.
i)
An Annual Survey of the drilling systems is to be carried out by a Surveyor within three months
before or after of each annual anniversary date of the initial Classification survey.
ii)
A Special Periodical Survey of the drilling system is to be carried out within five (5) years of the
initial Classification certification survey and at five-year intervals thereafter.
iii)
Required surveys are to be completed within three (3) months of their due dates.
iv)
Any part of the drilling system may be offered for survey prior to the due date when so desired, in
which case, the survey will be credited as of that date.
v)
Annual and Special Periodical Surveys are to be scheduled preferably when the Owner/Operator
has scheduled an overhaul of the drilling system:
a)
Annual Surveys are to be scheduled to coincide with the planned or routine MIT of the
BOP stack.
b)
Special Periodical Surveys are to be scheduled to coincide with the Owner/Operators

planned major maintenance, inspection and testing (MIT) of the BOP stack.
Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP) and Maintenance Records

The Owner/Operator is to develop a Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plan (DEMP) and approved by ABS,
for the MIT of the overall drilling system, subsystem, equipment, and/or component.
i)
The DEMP plan is to explain how each system and equipment is to be examined and tested during
annual (see 9/5.1) and special periodical survey (see 9/5.3), or alternatives of Subsection 9/7.
ii)
The DEMP is to incorporate/include the OEMs and Owners MIT practices.
iii)
The DEMP is to clearly identify the record retention requirements.
iv)
All ABS surveys (annual and special periodical) are to be carried out in accordance with an
ABS-agreed DEMP.
149
Section
v)
Maintenance records are to be kept and made available for review by the attending Surveyor. The
maintenance records will be reviewed to establish the scope and content of the required Annual
and Special Periodical Surveys that are to be carried out by a Surveyor.
vi)
During the service life of the drilling system equipment, maintenance records are to be updated on
a continuing basis.
vii)
The Owner/Operator is to inform ABS of any changes to the maintenance procedures and their
frequencies as may be caused, for example, by changes or additions to the original drilling equipment.
viii)
The Surveyor may determine during the periodic survey if the changes are sufficient to warrant
review by the ABS Engineering staff.
Surveys Onshore and Issuance of Maintenance Release Notes

During operation of the drilling unit when parts of the classed drilling system equipment are returned ashore
for maintenance, repair or modification purposes, it is the responsibility of the Owner/Operator to inform
Surveyors of the scope of work at the shore facility/plant.
150
i)
The maintenance of drilling systems, subsystems, equipment or component is to be in accordance

with the OEMs and Owners specifications.
ii)
(1 September 2012) The repair and modification plans/procedures of drilling systems, subsystems,
equipment or component are to be in accordance with OEMs and Owners specifications and
submitted for ABS approval.
iii)
(1 September 2012) It is recommended that a prefabrication or kick-off meeting between the

manufacturer/fabricator and ABS-designated Surveyor(s) is to be scheduled for the maintenance,
repair or modification purposes in order, but not limited to:
Confirm and/or establish the main point of contacts (PoC) for the manufacturer and ABS
Review the project and/or manufacturers quality plans
Review proposed manufacturing specifications See 2/2.27 of this Guide, as applicable
Review project manufacturing and delivery schedules
Review any proposed sub-contractor lists and/or qualifications
Confirm OEMs specifications, drawings and/or documentation associated with the maintenance,
repair or modification process
iv)
Surveyors are to attend the facility/plant for the required function, load and/or pressure testing
carried out on the drilling system equipment prior to their release back offshore to the drilling unit.
Tests conducted are to follow guidelines outlined in API standards or equivalent.
v)
Upon completion of visual examination, review of applicable documentation and satisfactory

completion of tests, a Maintenance Release Note (MRN) is to be issued by the attending Surveyor,
subject to satisfactory installation of the component on the drilling unit and examination of the
component during the forthcoming Annual Survey.
vi)
See Appendix 5 for an example of the Maintenance Release Note (MRN) to be issued by Surveyors.
vii)
All MRNs are to be maintained onboard the drilling unit as part of the Owner/Operators maintenance
record and for verification by the attending Surveyor during Classification surveys of the unit.
Section
Survey of Drilling Systems (1 September 2012)
5.1
Annual Surveys
At each Annual Survey, the Surveyor is to verify the effectiveness of various systems and equipment by visual
examination and testing, as appropriate. As a minimum, the following is to be carried out to the satisfaction
of the attending Surveyor:
i)
Review of Owner/Operators maintenance manual and relevant logs/records to confirm that:

a)
A suitable maintenance program (e.g., DEMP, etc.) has been followed.
b)
Periodical testing requirements have been carried out, as applicable.
c)
Any repairs, replacements, reconditioning or renewals of well control systems/equipment,

drilling support systems/equipment or support systems and equipment, as defined in the
scope of this Guide, were carried out according to the applicable codes and standards and
the requirements of this Guide.
ii)
Review of ABS-issued MRNs and/or CoCs since initial or last Annual Survey, and examination of
this equipment to extent deemed necessary by the attending Surveyor.
iii)
Review of ABS Drilling System Database for approved changes made to the drilling system
equipment, and examination of this equipment to the extent deemed necessary by the attending
Surveyor.
iv)
Exposed surfaces of the derrick, ladders, working/service platforms, arresting gear, drilling hoisting
systems, lifting devices, burner booms, stabbing boards, racking boards/platforms and drilling
equipment foundations are to be examined and placed in satisfactory condition, as found necessary.
The inspection of the derrick and related structural members will include the following:
a)
The general condition of the structure, especially bent, missing or abraded parts and lost
corrosion protection coatings.
b)
Tightness of bolts and the integrity of secondary retention mechanism where originally
installed.
c)
Condition of wire ropes and fittings.
v)
Examination of all mounting hardware and the structure of base-mounted winches and other lifting
devices. Magnetic Particle Inspection (MPI) may be carried out as deemed necessary by the attending
Surveyor.
vi)
General external examination so far as accessible of the drilling systems, subsystems, equipment and
components as noted in the scope of 1/7.5 of this Guide for damage, excess corrosion, fracturing
or malfunctions, etc.
vii)
Protective covers, insulation, shrouds and protective guards around moving parts are to be found
in place and in functional condition.
viii)
Derrick walkways and ladders, drill floor and drill system machinery spaces to be surveyed with
particular attention to fire and explosion hazards and confirmation that emergency escape routes
are not blocked.
ix)
External examination of pressure vessels and their appurtenances, including safety devices,
foundations, controls, relieving gear, piping systems, flexible lines/hydraulic hoses, insulation and
gauges.
x)
Examination of safety shutdown devices with functional testing as deemed necessary by the attending
Surveyor.
xi)
General examination of all electrical and instrumentation systems, including protective devices
and cable supports.
xii)
Examination of mud and cement systems.
151
Section
xiii)
Examination of the BOP stack, to the extent as practical, inclusive of choke and kill manifold, test
log and maintenance records.
xiv)
Testing of the BOP equipment in accordance with API RP 53, or as required by local regulations:
xv)
5.3
152
Pressure and functional testing
Control system testing
Review BOP inspections and maintenance records in accordance with Section 17 (surface BOPs)
and/or Section 18 (subsea BOPs) of API RP 53.
Special Periodical Surveys

The Special Periodical Survey is to include all items listed under the Annual Survey, and, in addition, the
following is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor:
i)
5.5
Review of Owner/Operators maintenance records to review and confirm that:

a)
Periodical testing requirements have been carried out, as applicable.
b)
Any repairs, replacements, reconditioning or renewals of well control systems/equipment,

drilling support systems/equipment or support systems and equipment, as defined in the
scope of this Guide, were carried out according to the applicable codes and standards and
the requirements of this Guide.
ii)
Internal examination and/or thickness gauging of pressure vessels and pressure-retaining components,
testing of relief valves and pressure piping systems, as considered necessary by the Surveyor.
iii)
Hydrostatic testing of pressure vessels and other pressure-retaining components related to the drilling
system to their MAWP.
iv)
Hydrostatic testing of drilling system piping systems and flexible lines/hydraulic hoses to their MAWP.
v)
Examination and check of insulation resistance of motors that are part of the drilling system.
vi)
Examination of rotating drilling machinery to verify suitable operation, free from excessive vibration.
vii)
The blowout preventer is to be subjected to a complete performance test and pressure-tested to its
MAWP.
viii)
Examination of mud and cement pump fluid ends.
ix)
Functional testing of derrick gear, drilling hoisting systems and derrick floor lifting devices.
x)
Close examination of the condition of welded joints on the derrick and associated structure, including
nondestructive testing (including thickness gauging if required) of any suspect areas noted by the
attending Surveyor.
xi)
Examination of the equipment associated with the well control system and their maintenance records.
xii)
Satisfactory functioning of the emergency power equipment to ensure proper operation.
xiii)
Retesting of lifting appliances in accordance with the load testing requirements of the applicable
design codes and standards, such as API Spec 2C, ABS Lifting Appliances Guide, etc.
Unscheduled Survey
Upon notifications by the Owner/Operator, Surveyors attendance is required under the following conditions:
i)
If the blind-shear or casing shear ram was activated in a well control situation, the Owner/Operator is
to inform ABS of the BOP stack retrieval. ABS Surveyor is to be in attendance for the
Owner/Operators inspection and testing of the retrieved BOP stack.
ii)
When the Owner/Operator performs major MIT of the BOP stack, planned or unplanned, the
Owner/Operator is to inform ABS of the MIT plans for the BOP stack, and these are to be
performed under ABS Surveyors attendance.
Section
Alternatives to Periodical Survey (1 September 2012)

Alternative survey programs, as outlined below, can be implemented to achieve and complete the survey
objectives as specified in 9/5.1 and 9/5.3.
The alternative survey program is to be submitted by the Owner/Operator to ABS for review and approval.
7.1
7.3
Continuous Survey Program

At the request of the Owner/Operator, and upon approval of the proposed arrangements, a system of Continuous
Survey may be undertaken whereby the Special Periodical Survey requirements are carried out in regular
rotations to complete all requirements of the particular Special Periodical Survey within a five-year period.
i)
The completion date will be recorded to agree with the original due date of the cycle.
ii)
If the Continuous Survey is completed prematurely but within three months prior to the due date,
the Special Periodical Survey will be credited to agree with the effective due date.
iii)
Each part (item) surveyed becomes due again for survey approximately five years from the date of
the survey.
iv)
For Continuous Surveys, a suitable notation will be entered in the Record and the date of completion
of the cycle published.
v)
If any defects are found during the survey, they are to be dealt with to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
vi)
ABS reserves the right to authorize extensions of Rule-required Special Continuous Surveys under
extreme circumstances.
Survey Based on Preventative Maintenance Techniques

A properly conducted preventative maintenance/condition-monitoring plan may be credited as satisfying
the requirements of Special Continuous Survey.
This plan must be in accordance with Appendix 7-A-14 Guide for Survey Based on Preventative Maintenance
Techniques of the ABS Rules for Survey After Construction (Part 7).
7.5
Surveys Using Risk-based Techniques

A properly conducted Risk-based Inspection plan or Reliability-centered Maintenance Plan may be credited
as satisfying requirements of Special Continuous Survey.
The plan must be in accordance with the ABS Guide for Surveys Using Risk-based Inspection for the
Offshore Industry or the ABS Guide for Surveys Based on Reliability-Centered Maintenance.
Modifications, Damage and Repairs

When it is intended to carry out any modifications to the machinery, piping, equipment, etc., which may
affect Classification, the details of such modifications are to be submitted for approval and the work is to
be carried out to the satisfaction of the Surveyor.
i)
When a system certified with ABS has suffered any damage to machinery, piping or equipment, etc.,
which may affect Classification, ABS is to be notified and the damage inspected by a Surveyor.
ii)
If a classed drilling system suffers any damage to its equipment, ABS is to be notified and the
damage examined by a Surveyor. Details of intended repairs are to be submitted for approval, and
the work is to be carried out to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor.
iii)
Where component parts suffer a premature or unexpected failure, and are subsequently repaired or
replaced without Surveyor attendance, details of the failure, including the damaged parts where
practicable, are to be retained onboard for examination by the Surveyor during the next scheduled
survey/visit.
iv)
Alternatively, the component(s) may be taken ashore for examination and testing, as required. If
failures are deemed to be a result of inadequate or inappropriate maintenance, the DEMP is to be
amended and resubmitted for approval.
153
Appendix 1: Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of Drilling Systems
APPENDIX
Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS

Classification of Drilling Systems
(1 September 2012) The latest edition of the following codes and standards are applicable and referenced
in this Guide.
ABS is prepared to consider other appropriate alternative methods and recognized codes and standards.
When alternate codes and/or standards are proposed, comparative analyses are to be provided to demonstrate
equivalent level of safety to the recognized standards as listed in this Guide and are to be performed in
accordance with 1/7.7 of this Guide.
API
154
(1 September 2012)
Bul 16J
Comparison of Marine Drilling Riser Analysis
Bul 2INT-MET
Interim Guidance on Hurricane Conditions in the Gulf of Mexico
RP 2A-WSD
Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore Platforms Working Stress

Design
Spec 2C
Offshore Pedestal Mounted Cranes
RP 2X
Ultrasonic and Magnetic Examination of Offshore Structural Fabrication and

Guidelines for Qualification of Technicians
Std. 4A
Steel Derricks
Spec 4F
Drilling and Well Servicing Structures
Spec 5D
Drill Pipe
Spec 6A
Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment
Spec 6AV1
Verification Test of Wellhead Surface Safety Valves and Underwater Safety Valves
for Offshore Service
Spec 7-1
Rotary Drill Stem Elements
Spec 7B-11C
Internal Combustion Reciprocating Engines for Oil Field Service
Spec 7F
Oil-Field Chain and Sprockets
Spec 7K
Drilling and Well Servicing Equipment
Spec 8A
Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment
Spec 8C
Drilling and Production Hoisting Equipment
Spec 9A
Wire Rope
RP 9B
Application, Care, and Use of Wire Rope for Oil Field Service
Spec 12J
Oil and Gas Separators
Spec 12K
Indirect-type Oil-Field Heaters
RP 13C
Recommended Practice on Drilling Fluids Processing Systems Evaluation
Spec 14A
Subsurface Safety Valve Equipment
RP 14B
Design, Installation, Operation and Redress of Subsurface Safety Valve Systems
Appendix 1
RP 14C
Analysis, Design, Installation and Testing of Basic Surface Systems on Offshore

Production Platforms
RP 14E
Design and Installation of Offshore Production Platform Piping Systems
RP 14F
Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore
Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class I, Division 1 and Division 2
Locations
RP 14FZ
Design and Installation of Electrical Systems for Fixed and Floating Offshore
Petroleum Facilities for Unclassified and Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1, and Zone 2
Locations
RP 14G
Fire Prevention and Control on Fixed Open Type Offshore Production Platforms
RP 14J
Design and Hazards Analysis for Offshore Production Facilities
Spec 16A
Drill Through Equipment
Spec 16C
Choke and Kill Systems
Spec 16D
Control Systems for Drilling Well Control Equipment and Control Systems for
Diverter Equipment
Spec 16F
Marine Drilling Riser Equipment
RP 16Q
Design, Selection, Operation and Maintenance of Marine Drilling Riser Systems
Spec 16R
Marine Drilling Riser Couplings
RP 16RCD
Specification for Drill Through Equipment Rotating Control Devices
RP 17A
Design and Operation of Subsea Production Systems General Requirements

and Recommendations (ISO 13628-1)
RP 17B
Flexible Pipe
Spec 17D
Subsea Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment (ISO 13628-4)
Spec 17E
Subsea Production Control Umbilicals (ISO 13628-5)
Spec 17F
Subsea Production Control Systems (ISO 13628-6)
Spec 17J
Unbonded Flexible Pipe
Spec 17K
Bonded Flexible Pipe
RP 17G
Design and Operation of Completion/Workover Riser Systems
RP 17H
Remotely Operated Vehicles (ROV) Interfaces on Subsea Production Systems

(ISO 13628-8)
RP 53
Blowout Prevention Equipment Systems for Drilling Operations
RP 59
Well Control Operations
RP 64
Diverter Systems Equipments and Operations
RP 500
Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities

Classified as Class I, Division 1 and Division 2
RP 505
Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at Petroleum Facilities

Classified as Class I, Zone 0, Zone 1 and Zone 2
Std. 520
Sizing, Selection, and Installation of Pressure-Relieving Systems in Refineries,

Part I Sizing and Selection
Std. 521
Pressure Relieving and Depressuring Systems
Std. 610
Centrifugal Pumps for Petroleum, Petrochemical and Natural Gas Industries
Std. 2000
Venting Atmospheric and Low-Pressure Storage Tanks
RP 2003
Protection Against Ignitions Arising Out of Static, Lightning and Stray Contents
155
Appendix 1
ASME (1 September 2012)

B31.3
Process Piping
Section V
Section VIII, Div. 1
Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels
Section VIII, Div. 2
Alternative Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels
Section IX
Qualification Standard for Welding and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers,

and Welding and Brazing Operators
Section X
Fiber-Reinforced Plastic Pressure Vessels
ASNT (1 September 2012)

SNT-TC-1A
Personnel Qualification and Certification of Nondestructive Testing
ASTM (1 September 2012)
A143
Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Embrittlement of Hot-Dip Galvanized
Structural Steel Products and Procedure for Detecting Embrittlement
A153
Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
A384
Standard Practice for Safeguarding Against Warpage and Distortion During HotDip Galvanizing of Steel Assemblies
A385
Standard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip)
A388
Standard Practice for Ultrasonic Examination of Heavy Steel Forgings
E8
Standard Test Methods for Tension Testing of Metallic Materials
E10
Standard Test Methods for Brinell Hardness of Metallic Materials
E18
Standard Test Methods for Rockwell Hardness and Rockwell Superficial Hardness
of Metallic Materials
E92
Standard Test Method for Vickers Hardness of Metallic Materials
E94
Standard Guide for Radiographic Testing
E165
Standard Practice for Liquid Penetrant Inspection
E186
Standard Reference Radiographs for Heavy Walled (2 to 4.5 in.) (51 to 114 mm)
Steel Castings
E280
Standard Reference Radiographs for (4.5 to 12 in.) (114 to 305 mm) Steel Castings
E428
Standard Practice for Fabrication and Control of Steel Reference Blocks Used in
Ultrasonic Inspection
E446
Standard Reference Radiographs for Steel Castings up to 2 in. in Thickness
E609
Standard Practice for Casting, Carbon, Low-Alloy, and Martensitic Stainless Steel,
Ultrasonic Examination Thereof
E709
Standard Recommended Practice for Magnetic Particle Examination
D1.1
Structural Welding Code Steel
AWS
BCSA (1 September 2012)
Publication No. 40/05 Galvanizing Structural Steelwork An Approach to the Management of Liquid
Metal Assisted Cracking
156
Appendix 1
EN
(1 September 2012)
473 / ISO 9712
Non-destructive testing Qualifications and certification of NDT personnel
General principles
IEC
61508
Functional Safety of Electrical/Electronic/Programmable Electronic Safety-Related

Systems, Part 1 - 6
C37.06.1
Guide for High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis
Designated Definite Purpose for Fast Transient Recovery Voltage Rise Times
C37.20.6
4.76 kV to 38 kV Rated Ground and Test Devices Used in Enclosures
Std. 45
Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard
Std. 142
Recommended Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems
Std. 242
Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and

Commercial Power Systems
IEEE
ISO
(1 September 2012)
9712
Non-destructive testing Qualifications and certification of NDT personnel
General principles
19901-1
Petroleum and Natural Gas Industries Specific requirements for offshore

structures Part 1: Metocean design and operating considerations-First Edition
MR 0175/ISO 15156
Materials for use in H2S containing environment in oil and gas production
NACE
NFPA (1 September 2012)
37
Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and Gas
Turbines
70
National Electrical Code
496
Standard for Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
J517
Hydraulic Hoses
SAE
157
Appendix 2: Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC)
APPENDIX
Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of

Compliance (MAC)
The following is an example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC), issued in accordance

with Section 4, Table 1.
The contents of the MAC are to be specific to the manufacturers equipment or components and the respective
design and manufacturing parameters.
158
Appendix 2
Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance (MAC)
ABC Manufacturing Company

12345 Street Avenue
City, State, [Zip Code/Postal Code]
Country
Date: Jan 01, 2011
MANUFACTURERS AFFIDAVIT OF COMPLIANCE

Manufacturer & Address
: ABC Manufacturing Company

: 12345 Street Avenue
City, State (Zip Code)
Customer & Address
: XYZ Drilling Corporation

12345 Street Avenue
Customer PO#
: AAA-12345
Description of Equipment
: Ram Assembly 5 18-15M
Equipment Model Number
Equipment Part/Serial Number
: XXX-YYY
Date of Manufacturing
EXAMPLE
Equipment Pressure Rating or

Load Rating
Equipment Test Pressure or

Test Load
Date of Pressure Test or Load Test
Code(s), Standard(s) or Specification(s) Applied :
Temperature Rating:
(min / max) C
(list all applicable)
This affidavit is prepared by the undersigned, authorized representative of the manufacturer, to certify that
the equipment described above and supplied for this order is in full compliance with respect to the design,
assembly, manufacture, and testing of the equipment in accordance with the referenced code(s), standard(s) or
specification(s), and is suitable for the intended use in accordance with the referenced design parameters.
This affidavit is prepared by the undersigned, authorized representative of the manufacturer, to certify that
the equipment described above is in compliance with the requirements of the ABS Guide for the
Classification of Drilling Systems, and is enclosed as part of the equipment delivery/shipment documents.
Signature
Name :
Title :
Date :
159
Appendix 3: Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC)
APPENDIX
Example of Independent Review Certificate (IRC)
The following is an example of ABS Independent Review Certificate (IRC), issued in accordance with
Section 4, Table 1.
The contents of the IRC and associated CoC are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design
parameters and approval.
160
Appendix 3
AMERICAN BUREAU OF SHIPPING

INDEPENDENT REVIEW CERTIFICATE
IRC No.:_________________________
Issuance Date: _____________________________
ABS OPN/PID:
Revalidation Date: __________________________
This is to certify that the design plans and data for the manufacture of the equipment listed below have
been reviewed and found to be in compliance with the specified codes, standards, or specifications, and the ABS
Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems.

Equipment Model No.
Equipment Part.
: XXX-YYY
EXAMPLE
: Jan 01, 2011
Equipment Design Conditions:
Maximum Rated Working Pressure :

Hydrostatic Test Pressure
Design Temperature
Service Condition
Operator Rated Working Pressure
Codes, Standards, or Specifications
(min / max) O C
: API 16A
Drawing and documentation, as per attached list.

By:
ABS Engineer
Principal Engineer
Offshore Engineering Department Machinery Group
This certificate is a representation that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or other item covered by this certificate has met one or more of the Rules,
Guides standards or other criteria of ABS or of a National Administration and is issued solely for use by ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. The
validity, applicability and interpretation of this certificate is governed by the Rules and Standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in
this certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, repairer, operator or
other entity of any warranty express or implied.
161
Appendix 3

INDEPENDENT REVIEW CERTIFICATE
DRAWING AND DOCUMENTATION LIST
Attachment to ABS Independent Review Certificate (HOE-XXXXXX/2010)
ABS OPN/PID:
Date:
Manufacturer

Equipment Model No.
Equipment Part No.
: XXX-YYY
: Jan 01, 2011

DRAWING AND DOCUMENTATION LIST
Drawing No.
EXAMPLE
Rev.
Drawing Title
RELATED CORRESPONDENCE:
IRC No: HOE-XXXXXX/2009
This certificate is a representation that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or other item covered by this certificate has met one or more of the Rules,
Guides standards or other criteria of ABS or of a National Administration and is issued solely for use by ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. The
validity, applicability and interpretation of this certificate is governed by the Rules and Standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in
this certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, repairer, operator or
other entity of any warranty express or implied.
162
Appendix 4: Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC)
APPENDIX
Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC)
The following is an example of ABS Certificate of Conformity (CoC), issued in accordance with Section 4,
Table 1.
The contents of the IRC and associated CoC are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design
parameters and approval.
163
Appendix 4
Example of Certificate of Conformity (CoC)

CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY
Certificate No.:
Independent Review Certificate (IRC)
ABS OPN/PID: _______________
IRC No.: ____________________
Date: ________________________
Issuance Date: _______________
This is to certify that the undersigned Surveyor has surveyed the following equipment in accordance
with the ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems.



________________________________________________________
Equipment Model No.
Equipment Part/Serial No.
: XXX-YYY
Date of Survey
EXAMPLE
: Jan 01, 2011
Equipment Design Conditions:
Maximum Rated Working Pressure/Load :

Service Condition
:
Equipment Design Code or Standard
Design Temperature:
H 2 S (yes / no)
(min / max) C
Scope of Survey:
_________________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
Equipment Testing, as applicable:

Test Pressure / Load :
Gage Number
:
Hold Time
:
Temperature
:
Calibration Date :
Drawing or Documentation : _______________________________________________________________

Port of Issue : ___________________________________
Issued by :
___________________________________
ABS Surveyor
_______________________________________
Signature
This Certificate evidences compliance with one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of ABS and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its clients or
other authorized entities. This Certificate is a representation only that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or any other item covered by this Certificate has met one or
more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of ABS as of the date of issue. Parties are advised to review the Rules for the scope and conditions of classification and to review
the survey records for a fuller description of any restrictions or limitations on the vessel's service or surveys. The validity, applicability and interpretation of this Certificate are governed
by the Rules and standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this Certificate or in any notation made in contemplation of this Certificate shall
be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator or other entity or any warranty express or implied.
164
Appendix 5: Example of Survey Report (SR)
APPENDIX
Example of Survey Report (SR) (1 September 2012)
The following is an example of ABS Survey Report (AB Report Vendor), issued in accordance with
Section 4, Table 1.
The contents of the Survey Report are to be specific to the equipment and its respective design parameters
and approval.
165
Appendix 5
Example of Survey Report (SR)
Customer Name:
ABC MANUFACTURING COMPANY
Purchase Order No.:
12345678
Attending Office:
Report Number:
HS1234567
First Visit Date:
January 02, 2012
Last Visit Date:
February 02, 2012
Certification Of:
Bonnet Assembly
Manufacturer:

12345 Street Avenue
Survey Location:
Equipment Data:
Serial No.: XY-11111-01
Quantity: One (1)
EXAMPLE
This is to Certify that the undersigned surveyor(s) to this Bureau did, at the request of the customer, carry out the
following survey and report as follows:
Surveyor(s) to The American Bureau of Shipping

Attending Surveyors
Last Name, First Name
________________________________________
Reviewed By:
________________________________________
NOTE: This report evidences that the survey reported herein was carried out in compliance with one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of ABS and is issued
solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its clients or other authorized entities. This Report is a representation only that the vessel, structure, item or material equipment, machinery or
any other item covered by this Report has been examined for compliance with, or has met one or more of the Rules, guides, standards or other criteria of American Bureau of Shipping.
The validity, applicability and interpretation of this report are governed by the Rules and standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this
Report or in any notation made in the contemplation of this Report shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator or other
entity of any warranty express or implied.
AB Report Vendor
166
Appendix 6: Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN)
APPENDIX
Example Maintenance Release Note (MRN)
Owner:
Report Number:
HS03179
Port of:
Houston
Date:
Jan 01, 2011
P.O. No.:
AA-BB-CCC
XYZ Drilling Corporation
Address:
Name of Drilling Unit:
XYZ-001
ABS OPN/VID:
0123456
Supplier & Location:
Drilling Rig Equipment Inc. Houston, Texas
EXAMPLE
ABS CLASSED DRILLING SYSTEM COMPONENT

MAINTENANCE RELEASE NOTE
This is to certify that the undersigned Surveyor to this Bureau, did at the request of the Client, carry out an
examination of the below stated drilling system component in accordance with ABS Guide for the Classification of Drilling
Systems and other below stated standards.
The component(s) was(were) examined, pressure-tested (as applicable), its function and shutdowns, as fitted, were tested,
its maintenance records and documentation package including the nondestructive examination records (as applicable)
were reviewed, and considered satisfactory subject to installation on board the above noted drilling unit.
The undersigned recommends that this report be considered as contributing towards demonstration of compliance with
the ABS Guide for Classification of Drilling Systems subject to the reservations contained in this report (if any).
The component(s) will be re-examined to extent deemed necessary by the attending ABS Surveyor at time of next due
periodical survey of the drilling unit
Description of drilling system component
Codes, standards, or specifications
Details of survey
_______________________
ABS Surveyor
NOTE:
This Certificate evidences compliance with one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS and is issued solely for the use of ABS, its committees, its
clients or other authorized entities. This Certificate is a representation only that the structure, item of material, equipment, machinery or any other item covered by this
Certificate has met one or more of the Rules, Guides, standards or other criteria of ABS as of the date of issue. Parties are advised to review the Rules for the scope and
conditions of classification and to review the survey records for a fuller description of any restrictions or limitation on the vessels service or surveys. The validity, applicability
and interpretation of this Certificate are governed by the Rules and standards of ABS, and ABS shall remain the sole judge thereof. Nothing contained in this Certificate or in
any notation made in contemplation of this Certificate shall be deemed to relieve any designer, builder, owner, manufacturer, seller, supplier, repairer, operator or other entity
or any warranty express or implied.
167

Classification of Drilling Systems PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Classification of Drilling Systems PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Guide for the Classification of Drilling Systems

GUIDE FOR THE

CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS

American Bureau of Shipping

Foreword (1 September 2012)

Scope and Condition of Classification

Design of Drilling Systems

Scope of Drilling System and Equipment Approval

Drilling System Piping

Materials for Drilling Systems and Equipment

Welding and Nondestructive Examination

Surveys at Vendors Plant During Installation and Commissioning

Surveys After Construction and Maintenance of Class

Typical Codes and Standards Related to ABS Classification of Drilling Systems

Example of Manufacturers Affidavit of Compliance

Example of Independent Review Certificate

Example of Certificate of Conformity

Example of Maintenance Release Note

New reference, definitions, and acronyms added.

Provided Risk Assessment for Drilling System

Added submittal requirements for conductor tensioning system/unit.

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Modified shearing capacity requirements calculations, testing, etc.

Added design requirements for:

Riser Recoil System

Conductor Tensioning System

Gears and Couplings

Clarifications provided for Control Systems.

Clarified and modified Table 1 of Section 4.

Provided Revalidation Date requirements for IRC.

Clarified the requirements for Fire Resistance.

Provided requirements for Primary Product Form.

Revised toughness requirements for structural load-bearing equipment and components.

Provide guidance on structural galvanizing process.

Clarified requirements for welding and NDE.

Provided guidance on delayed NDE.

Clarified drawwork testing requirements.

Added requirements for Drilling Equipment Maintenance Plans (DEMP).

Added requirements for prefabrication or kick-off meeting.

Added Unscheduled Survey and Alternatives to Periodic Survey

Additional codes and standards.

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

Provided Revalidation Date for IRC.

Added example of Survey Report (SR).

ABS GUIDE FOR THE CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS . 2012

GUIDE FOR THE

CLASSIFICATION OF DRILLING SYSTEMS

Scope and Conditions of Classification ............................................... 1

Certificates and Reports .................................................................. 1

Representations as to Classification ............................................... 2

Scope of Classification .................................................................... 2

Suspension and Cancellation of Class ............................................... 3

Termination of Classification and Notice of Surveys ....................... 3

Suspension of Class ........................................................................ 3

Lifting of Suspension ....................................................................... 3

Cancellation of Class ....................................................................... 4

Class Notation ..................................................................................... 4

ABS Class Notation ......................................................................... 4

Systems Not Built Under Survey ..................................................... 4

Rules for Classification ....................................................................... 4

Effective Date of Change of Requirement ....................................... 5

Risk Assessment ............................................................................. 7

Other Regulations ............................................................................... 7